Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade...

208
Visit The Learning Site! www.harcourtschool.com HSP HSP CALIFORNIA Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook

Transcript of Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade...

Page 1: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Visit The Learning Site!

www.harcourtschool.com

HSP

HSP

CALIF

ORNI

A Grade 2

PRACTICE Workbook

CATitle_practiceSE_2.indd Page 1 8/11/09 2:14:17 AM elhi-2CATitle_practiceSE_2.indd Page 1 8/11/09 2:14:17 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/FM/CATitle_practiceSE_2/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/FM/CATitle_practiceSE_2

Page 2: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Copyright © by Harcourt, Inc.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopy, recording, or any information storage and retrieval system, without permission in writing from the publisher.

Permission is hereby granted to individuals using the corresponding student’s textbook or kit as the major vehicle for regular classroom instruction to photocopy entire pages from this publication in classroom quantities for instructional use and not for resale. Requests for information on other matters regarding duplication of this work should be addressed to School Permissions and Copyrights, Harcourt, Inc., 6277 Sea Harbor Drive, Orlando, Florida 32887-6777. Fax: 407-345-2418.

HARCOURT and the Harcourt Logo are trademarks of Harcourt, Inc., registered in the United States of America and/or other jurisdictions.

Printed in the United States of America

ISBN 13: 978-0-15-356911-1

ISBN 10: 0-15-356911-5

If you have received these materials as examination copies free of charge, Harcourt School Publishers retains title to the materials and they may not be resold. Resale of examination copies is strictly prohibited and is illegal.

Possession of this publication in print format does not entitle users to convert this publication, or any portion of it, into electronic format.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 073 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 09 08 07

CAcopyright_practiceSE_Gr2.indd Page 1 7/30/09 11:12:02 PM s-124CAcopyright_practiceSE_Gr2.indd Page 1 7/30/09 11:12:02 PM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/FM/CAcopyright_practiceSE_Gr2/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/FM/CAcopyright_practiceSE_Gr2

Page 3: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

UNIT 1: NUMBERS AND OPERATIONS

Chapter 1: Addition Facts and

Strategies

1.1 Understand Addition ................. PW1

1.2 Count On ................................. PW2

1.3 Doubles and Doubles Plus One .. PW3

1.4 Make a Ten .............................. PW4

1.5 Algebra: Practice the Facts ........ PW5

1.6 Algebra: Follow the Rule ............ PW6

1.7 Algebra: Add Three Numbers ..... PW7

1.8 Problem Solving WorkshopStrategy: Draw a Picture ........... PW8

Chapter 2: Subtraction Facts and

Strategies

2.1 Understand Subtraction ............ PW9

2.2 Count Back ............................ PW10

2.3 Algebra: Fact Families ............. PW11

2.4 Algebra: Think Addition to Subtract ................................ PW12

2.5 Algebra: Missing Addends ....... PW13

2.6 Problem Solving WorkshopSkill: Choose the Operation ..... PW14

Chapter 3: Place Value to 100

3.1 Tens ...................................... PW15

3.2 Tens and Ones ....................... PW16

3.3 Understand Place Value .......... PW17

3.4 Expanded Form ..................... PW18

3.5 Read and Write Numbers to 100 ................................... PW19

3.6 Different Ways to Show Numbers ............................... PW20

3.7 Problem Solving WorkshopSkill: Make Reasonable Estimates .............................. PW21

Chapter 4: Number Concepts and

Patterns

4.1 Algebra: Compare Numbers: >, <, or = ............................... PW22

4.2 Algebra: Order Numbers ......... PW23

4.3 Even and Odd Numbers .......... PW24

4.4 Algebra: Patterns on a Hundred Chart ....................... PW25

4.5 Algebra: Skip-Count on a Number Line .......................... PW26

4.6 Problem Solving WorkshopStrategy: Find a Pattern .......... PW27

4.7 Algebra: Number Patterns ....... PW28

UNIT 2: 2-DIGIT ADDITION AND SUBTRACTION

Chapter 5: Explore 2-Digit Addition

5.1 Mental Math: Add On Multiples of Ten ...................... PW29

5.2 Regrouping for Addition........... PW30

5.3 Model 2-Digit Addition ............. PW31

5.4 Problem Solving WorkshopStrategy: Make a Model .......... PW32

5.5 Model and Record 2-Digit Addition ................................. PW33

5.6 2-Digit Addition ....................... PW34

Chapter 6: 2-Digit Addition

6.1 Add 2-Digit Numbers ............... PW356.2 Practice 2-Digit Addition .......... PW36

6.3 Rewrite 2-Digit Addition ........... PW37

6.4 Estimate Sums ....................... PW38

6.5 More 2-Digit Addition ............... PW39

6.6 Problem Solving WorkshopSkill: Use a Table .................... PW40

6.7 Algebra: Break Apart Numbers to Add ..................... PW41

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_SEFM.indd Page 2 7/30/09 11:13:38 PM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_PH_SEFM.indd Page 2 7/30/09 11:13:38 PM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/FM/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_SEFM/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/FM/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_SEFM

Page 4: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Chapter 7: Explore 2-Digit Subtraction

7.1 Mental Math: Subtract Multiples of 10 ....................... PW42

7.2 Regrouping for Subtraction ...... PW43

7.3 Model 2-Digit Subtraction ........ PW44

7.4 Problem Solving WorkshopStrategy: Make a Model .......... PW45

7.5 Model and Record 2-Digit Subtraction ............................ PW46

7.6 Subtract 2-Digit Numbers ........ PW47

Chapter 8: 2-Digit Subtraction

8.1 2-Digit Subtraction .................. PW48

8.2 Practice 2-Digit Subtraction ..... PW49

8.3 Rewrite 2-Digit Subtraction ...... PW50

8.4 More 2-Digit Subtraction .......... PW51

8.5 Use Addition to Check Subtraction ............................ PW52

8.6 Estimate Differences .............. PW53

8.7 Problem Solving WorkshopSkill: Use a Table .................... PW54

8.8 Mental Math: Find Differences . PW55

8.9 Mixed Practice ....................... PW56

UNIT 3: DATA, GRAPHS, AND MONEY

Chapter 9: Data and Graphs

9.1 Picture Graphs ....................... PW57

9.2 Take a Survey on a Tally Chart .. PW58

9.3 Read a Bar Graph .................. PW59

9.4 Make a Bar Graph .................. PW60

9.5 Problem Solving WorkshopStrategy: Make a Bar Graph .... PW61

9.6 Pictographs ........................... PW62

9.7 Range and Mode .................... PW63

Chapter 10: Count Money

10.1 Dimes, Nickels, and Pennies .... PW64

10.2 Half Dollars and Quarters ........ PW65

10.3 Count Collections ................... PW66

10.4 Make the Same Amounts ........ PW67

10.5 Problem Solving WorkshopStrategy: Make a List .............. PW68

Chapter 11: Use Money

11.1 Algebra: Compare Amounts .... PW69

11.2 Problem Solving WorkshopStrategy: Act It Out ................ PW70

11.3 Add and Subtract Money ......... PW71

11.4 Problem Solving WorkshopStrategy: Predict and Test ....... PW72

11.5 One Dollar ............................. PW7311.6 Make Change to $1.00 ........... PW74

UNIT 4: GEOMETRY AND FRACTIONS

Chapter 12: Solid Figures

12.1 Identify Solid Figures .............. PW75

12.2 Algebra: Sort Solid Figures ...... PW76

12.3 Attributes of Solid Figures ....... PW77

12.4 Make Plane Figures from Solid Figures .......................... PW78

12.5 Problem Solving WorkshopStrategy: Make a Table ............ PW79

Chapter 13: Plane Figures and Spatial

Sense

13.1 Identify Plane Figures ............. PW80

13.2 Algebra: Sort Plane Figures ..... PW81

13.3 Combine Plane Figures ........... PW82

13.4 Separate Plane Figures .......... .PW83

13.5 Problem Solving WorkshopStrategy: Use Logical Reasoning ............................. PW84

13.6 Congruent Figures .................. PW85

Chapter 14: Parts of a Whole

14.1 Equal Parts ........................... PW86

14.2 Unit Fractions ....................... PW87

14.3 Compare Unit Fractions ........ .PW88

14.4 Problem Solving WorkshopStrategy: Make a Model .......... PW89

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_SEFM.indd Page 3 7/30/09 11:13:39 PM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_PH_SEFM.indd Page 3 7/30/09 11:13:39 PM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/FM/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_SEFM/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/FM/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_SEFM

Page 5: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

14.5 Other Fractions ...................... PW90

14.6 Fractions Equal to 1 ................ PW91

14.7 Fractions Greater Than 1 ........ PW92

Chapter 15: Parts of a Group

15.1 Equal Parts of a Group ............ PW93

15.2 Unit Fractions of a Group ........ PW94

15.3 Other Fractions of a Group ...... PW95

15.4 Problem Solving WorkshopStrategy: Make a Model .......... PW96

UNIT 5: GREATER NUMBERS AND 3-DIGIT ADDITION AND SUBTRACTION

Chapter 16: Place Value to 1,000

16.1 Hundreds .............................. PW97

16.2 Hundreds, Tens, and Ones ...... PW98

16.3 Understand Place Value .......... PW99

16.4 Read and Write 3-Digit Numbers ............................. PW100

16.5 Different Ways to Show Numbers ............................. PW101

16.6 Problem Solving WorkshopSkill: Make Reasonable Estimates ............................ PW102

16.7 Count Bills and Coins ............ PW103

16.8 Problem Solving WorkshopStrategy: Make a Model ........ PW104

Chapter 17: Compare and Order

Greater Numbers

17.1 Algebra: Compare Numbers: >, <, or = ............................. PW105

17.2 Use Place Value to Compare Numbers ............................. PW106

17.3 Compare Money Amounts ..... PW107

17.4 Algebra: Order Numbers ....... PW108

17.5 Problem Solving WorkshopSkill: Use a Table .................. PW109

Chapter 18: 3-Digit Addition

18.1 Mental Math: Add On Multiples of 100.................... PW110

18.2 Model 3-Digit Addition: Regroup Ones ..................... PW111

18.3 Model 3-Digit Addition: Regroup Tens ....................... PW112

18.4 Practice 3-Digit Addition ........ PW113

18.5 Estimate Sums ..................... PW114

18.6 Problem Solving WorkshopSkill: Too Much Information ... PW115

Chapter 19: 3-Digit Subtraction

19.1 Mental Math: Subtract Multiples of 100 ......PW116

19.2 Model 3-Digit Subtraction: Regroup Tens ....................... PW117

19.3 Model 3-Digit Subtraction: Regroup Hundreds ............... PW118

19.4 Practice 3-Digit Subtraction ... PW119

19.5 Add and Subtract Money ....... PW120

19.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Solve Multistep Problems ....... PW121

19.7 Estimate Differences ............ PW122

UNIT 6: MULTIPLICATION, DIVISION, MEASUREMENT, AND TIME

Chapter 20: Multiplication Concepts

and Facts

20.1 Skip-Count to Multiply ........... PW123

20.2 Connect Addition to Multiplication ........................ PW124

20.3 Algebra: Model with Arrays ... PW125

20.4 Algebra: Multiply in Any Order PW126

20.5 Problem Solving WorkshopStrategy: Write a Number Sentence ............................. PW127

20.6 Multiply with 2 ...................... PW128

20.7 Multiply with 5 ...................... PW129

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_SEFM.indd Page 4 7/30/09 11:13:40 PM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_PH_SEFM.indd Page 4 7/30/09 11:13:40 PM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/FM/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_SEFM/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/FM/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_SEFM

Page 6: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

20.8 Multiply with 10 .................... PW130

20.9 Use a Multiplication Table ...... PW131

Chapter 21: Division Concepts

21.1 Sizes of Shares .................... PW132

21.2 Number of Equal Shares ....... PW133

21.3 Equal Shares with Remainders ......................... PW134

21.4 Connect Subtraction to Division ............................... PW135

21.5 Problem Solving WorkshopStrategy: Write a Number Sentence ............................. PW136

Chapter 22: Length

22.1 Measure Length with Nonstandard Units .................................. PW137

22.2 Compare Nonstandard Units .. PW138

22.3 Measure to the Nearest Inch .. PW139

22.4 Problem Solving WorkshopSkill: Make Reasonable Estimates ............................ PW140

22.5 Measure in Inches and Feet .. PW141

22.6 Measure to the Nearest Centimeter ........................... PW142

Chapter 23: Weight, Mass, and

Capacity

23.1 Ounces and Pounds ............. PW143

23.2 Grams and Kilograms ........... PW144

23.3 Cups, Pints, Quarts, and Gallons.......................... PW145

23.4 Liters ................................... PW146

23.5 Problem Solving WorkshopSkill: Make Reasonable Estimates ............................ PW147

Chapter 24: Time

24.1 Explore 1 Minute .................. PW148

24.2 Time to 15 Minutes ............... PW149

24.3 Time to 5 Minutes ................. PW150

24.4 Time Before the Hour ........... PW151

24.5 A.M. and P.M. ...................... PW152

24.6 Elapsed Time ....................... PW153

24.7 Problem Solving WorkshopSkill: Use a Table .................. PW154

24.8 Days, Weeks, Months, and Years .................................. PW155

Spiral Review

Week 1 ..............................................SR1

Week 2 ..............................................SR2

Week 3 ..............................................SR3

Week 4 ..............................................SR4

Week 5 ..............................................SR5

Week 6 ..............................................SR6

Week 7 ..............................................SR7

Week 8 ..............................................SR8

Week 9 ..............................................SR9

Week 10 ..........................................SR10

Week 11 ..........................................SR11

Week 12 ..........................................SR12

Week 13 ..........................................SR13

Week 14 ..........................................SR14

Week 15 ..........................................SR15

Week 16 ..........................................SR16

Week 17 ..........................................SR17

Week 18 ..........................................SR18

Week 19 ..........................................SR19

Week 20 ..........................................SR20

Week 21 ..........................................SR21

Week 22 ..........................................SR22

Week 23 ..........................................SR23

Week 24 ..........................................SR24

Week 25 ..........................................SR25

Week 26 ..........................................SR26

Week 27 ..........................................SR27

Week 28 ..........................................SR28

Week 29 ..........................................SR29

Week 30 ..........................................SR30

Week 31 ..........................................SR31

Week 32 ..........................................SR32

Week 33 ..........................................SR33

Week 34 ..........................................SR34

Week 35 ..........................................SR35

Week 36 ..........................................SR36

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_SEFM.indd Page 5 7/30/09 11:13:41 PM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_PH_SEFM.indd Page 5 7/30/09 11:13:41 PM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/FM/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_SEFM/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/FM/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_SEFM

Page 7: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_SEFM.indd Page 6 19/08/2009 16:08:34 elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_SEFM.indd Page 6 19/08/2009 16:08:34 elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/FM/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_SEFM/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/FM/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_SEFM

Page 8: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_SEFM.indd Page 6 19/08/2009 16:08:34 elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_SEFM.indd Page 6 19/08/2009 16:08:34 elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/FM/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_SEFM/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/FM/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_SEFM

Page 9: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

1. Six bees are flying. Then 6 more bees come to join them. How many bees are there now?

Understand AdditionWrite the number sentence. Solve.

bee

— C — C — ladybugs

— C — C — moths

— C — C — crickets

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

5. Write a number sentence for the ants that Carol saw.

2. Jeff finds 8 ladybugs. Sally finds 3 ladybugs. How many ladybugs do they find in all?

4. There are 7 crickets jumping. There are 8 crickets chirping. How many cricketsare there in all?

ladybug

cricket

3. There are 4 moths on a tree. Then 5 more moths come. How many moths are onthe tree now?

6 — C 6 — C = 12 — bees+

moth

— C — C —

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

PW1

Name Lesson 1.1

Practice

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C01_L1.indd Page PW1 7/31/09 1:38:59 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C01_L1.indd Page PW1 7/31/09 1:38:59 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch01/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C01_L1/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch01/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C01_L1

Page 10: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

1.

6.

11.

2.

7.

12.

3.

8.

13.

4.

9.

14.

5.

10.

15.

Count On

Circle the greater number. Count on to find the sum.

6+ 3_

9

9+ 2_

5+ 1_

3+ 4_

9+ 3_

2+ 5_

6+ 1_

5+ 3_

2+ 8_

1+ 7_

4+ 2_

3+ 7_

8+ 1_

8+ 3_

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

16. What are three ways you can count on to make a sum of 9? Look at an addition table ifyou need to.

— � — � 9

— � — � 9

— � — � 9

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

1 + 10

_

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

PracticePW2

Name Lesson 1.2

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C01_L2.indd Page PW2 7/31/09 2:11:54 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C01_L2.indd Page PW2 7/31/09 2:11:54 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch01/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C01_L2/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch01/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C01_L2

Page 11: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

PracticePW3

Name Lesson 1.3

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Doubles and Doubles Plus One Write a double. Then write both doubles-plus-one facts.

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

7. Six crickets are chirping. Then 6 more crickets join them. How many crickets are chirping now?

8. Nora counts 8 flies inside and 9 flies outside. How many flies does she countin all?

Solve. Use doubles or doubles plus one.

cricket fly — crickets — flies

1. 7 — + 7 — = 14 7 — � 8 — � 15

8 — � 7 — � 15

2. — � — � 10 — � — � 11

— � — � 11

3. — � — � 18 — � — � 19

— � — � 19

4. — � — � 8 — � — � 9

— � — � 9

5. — � — � 12 — � — � 13

— � — � 13

6. — � — � 16 — � — � 17

— � — � 17

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C01_L3.indd Page PW3 7/31/09 2:29:26 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C01_L3.indd Page PW3 7/31/09 2:29:26 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch01/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C01_L3/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch01/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C01_L3

Page 12: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Make a Ten

Use a ten frame and to make a ten. Find the sum.

1.

4 + 7

_

2.

5 + 8

_

3.

9 + 2

_

4.

8 + 7

_

5.

9 + 9

_

6.

4 + 8

_

7. 8 + 9

_

8.

6 + 6

_

9.

7 + 5

_

10.

5 + 8

_

11.

3 + 9

_

12.

7 + 7

_

13. 8 + 5

_

14.

9 + 7

_

15.

8 + 8

_

16.

7 + 6

_

17.

2 + 9

_

18.

6 + 8

_

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

19. There are 13 children in a room. Some are boys. The others are girls. Write addition sentences to show some ways to make 13.

— C — C —

— C — C —

— C — C —

— C — C —

11

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

PracticePW4

Name Lesson 1.4

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C01_L4.indd Page PW4 7/31/09 2:39:33 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C01_L4.indd Page PW4 7/31/09 2:39:33 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch01/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C01_L4/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch01/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C01_L4

Page 13: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

PracticePW5

Name Lesson 1.5

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

1. 6 � 6 � —

6 � 7 � —

4. — � 8 � 5

— � 8 � 6

7. 5 � 9 � —

9 � 5 � —

10. 2 � 0 � —

7 � 0 � —

13. — � 6 � 0

— � 4 � 0

2. 0 � 6 � —

0 � 9 � —

5. 2 � 9 � —

9 � 2 � —

8. — � 0 � 3

— � 0 � 4

11. — � 8 � 8

— � 8 � 9

14. 3 � 8 � —

9 � 3 � —

3. — � 7 � 4

— � 4 � 7

6. 5 � 0 � —

1 � 0 � —

9. — � 5 � 6

— � 5 � 7

12. 6 � 9 � —

9 � 6 � —

15. 7 � 9 � —

9 � 7 � —

Practice the Facts

Find the sums.

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

16. Fred thinks of an addition fact. The sum is 14. One addend is 7. What fact could Fred be thinking of?

17. Fred thinks of a new addition fact. This time, the sum is 15, but one addend is still 7. What fact could Fred be thinking of?

Solve. Use doubles or doubles plus one.

12

13

— � — � — — � — � —

— � — � —

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C01_L5.indd Page PW5 8/1/09 1:33:30 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C01_L5.indd Page PW5 8/1/09 1:33:30 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch01/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C01_L5/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch01/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C01_L5

Page 14: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

1. Rule: Add 5. 2. Rule: Add 3. 3. Rule: Add 8.

In Out

2 7

345

Algebra: Follow the Rule

Follow the rule. Complete the table.

In Out

3579

In Out

2468

Find a rule. Complete the table.

4. Rule: Add —. 5. Rule: Add —. 6. Rule: Add —.

In Out

3 75 97 11

9

In Out

2 83 945

In Out

6 137 1489

4

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

7. Find the missing numbers in the puzzle. 9 8

2 8

610 5

5

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

HINT: Which two numbers can you odd to find the sum for the center of the circle?

PracticePW6

Name Lesson 1.6

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C01_L6.indd Page PW6 8/1/09 1:34:26 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C01_L6.indd Page PW6 8/1/09 1:34:26 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch01/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C01_L6/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch01/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C01_L6

Page 15: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Algebra: Add 3 Numbers

Write the sum.

1.

3 4

� 2

_

2.

4

6 � 3

_

3.

3

3 � 7

_

4.

4

2 � 4

_

5.

7

3 � 2

_

6.

4

2 � 5

_

7.

4

2 � 6

_

8.

9

1 � 1

_

9.

2 3

� 7

_

10.

5

1 � 5

_

11.

6

4 � 4

_

12.

4

5 � 3

_

13.

1

3 � 7

_

14.

5

5 � 5

_

15.

8

1 � 2

_

16.

2

3 � 6

_

17.

5 5

� 3

_

18.

7

2 � 2

_

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

19. If Ali buys all the red beads,and Kim buys all the blue and green beads, how many beads do they buy in all?

— beads

20. If Kim buys all the green beads, and Ali buys 1 bluebead and 2 red beads, howmany beads do they buyin all?

— beads

Use the picture to solve.

9

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

blue blue bluegreengreengreengreengreengreenredredred

PracticePW7

Name Lesson 1.7

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C01_L7.indd Page PW7 7/31/09 2:59:29 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C01_L7.indd Page PW7 7/31/09 2:59:29 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch01/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C01_L7/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch01/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C01_L7

Page 16: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

3. There are 2 ladybugs on the bush. Each ladybug has 8 spots. How many spots are there on both the ladybugs together?

4. Marisol has 6 red pens, 5 blue pens, and 2 green pens. How many pens does she have in all?

1. A cricket hops 5 times. Then it hops 3 more times. How many times does it hop in all?

2. Six worms are digging in the dirt. Then 6 more worms come to join them. How many worms are there now?

Problem Solving Strategy Practice

Draw a picture to solve.

cricket

worm

ladybug

pen

— hops

— worms

Mixed Strategy Practice

Choose a strategy to solve.

— spots

— pens

Choose a Strategy

Draw a Picture

Make a Model

Write a Number Sentence

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

PracticePW8

Name Lesson 1.8

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C01_L8.indd Page PW8 7/30/09 4:07:13 AM s-080MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C01_L8.indd Page PW8 7/30/09 4:07:13 AM s-080 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch01/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C01_L8/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch01/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C01_L8

Page 17: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Understand Subtraction

Write the number sentence. Solve.

1. There are 8 kites in theair. Then 3 kites fall to theground. Howmany kites arestill in the air?

2. Tammy eats 5 nuts. Joneats 7 nuts. How manyfewer nuts doesTammy eatthan Jon?

3. LaBron sees 8 birds. Bretsees 2 birds. How manymore birds doesLaBron seethan Bret?

4. There are 9 towels at thepool. Bella takes 1 towel.How many towelsare left?

KITE

nut

bird

towel

[ART:7 stars and 3bells]

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

5. There are — more stars than bells.

Use the picture to complete the sentence.

C C kites8 3 =-

C C fewer nuts

C C more birds

C C towels

5

PW9 Practice

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Name Lesson 2.1

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C02_L1.indd Page PW9 8/1/09 1:43:05 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C02_L1.indd Page PW9 8/1/09 1:43:05 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch02/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C02_L1/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch02/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C02_L1

Page 18: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

PW10 Practice

Name Lesson 2.2

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Count back to find the difference.

1. 8 � 3

_

5

2. 5 � 2

_

3. 7 � 3

_

4. 3 � 1

_

5. 6 � 2

_

6. 9 � 1

_

7. 12 � 3

_

8. 5 � 1

_

9. 8 � 2

_

10. 11 � 3

_

11. 7 � 2

_

12. 9 � 3

_

13. 10 � 1

_

14. 4 � 3

_

15. 3 � 2

_

16. 4 � 2

_

17. 11 � 2

_

18. 10 � 3

_

19. 6 � 3

_

Count Back

Say 8.Count back 3.

7, 6, 5

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

Subtract. Look for a pattern.

20. 6 � 1 � 5 —

6 � 2 �

6 � 3 �

6 � 4 �

21. 8 � 1 �

8 � 2 �

8 � 3 �

8 � 4 �

22. 9 � 1 �

9 � 2 �

9 � 3 �

9 � 4 �

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C02_L2.indd Page PW10 8/1/09 1:42:49 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C02_L2.indd Page PW10 8/1/09 1:42:49 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch02/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C02_L2/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch02/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C02_L2

Page 19: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

PW11 Practice

Name Lesson 2.3

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Complete the fact families.

1. 5 6 11 11

2. 17

� � � � � � � �

6 5 6 5

8

11 11 5 6

3. 13

4. 7

� � � � � � � �

9

5

5. 8

6. 14

� � � � � � � �

3

6

Algebra: Fact Families

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

7. 7 � 9

_

16

2 � 7

_

9

16 � 9

_

7

16 � 7

_

9

8.

8 � 5

_

13

5

� 8

_

13

13 � 5

_

8

8 � 5

_

3

Cross out the fact that does not belong in the family.Then write the missing fact.

��

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C02_L3.indd Page PW11 8/1/09 1:44:18 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C02_L3.indd Page PW11 8/1/09 1:44:18 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch02/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C02_L3/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch02/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C02_L3

Page 20: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

PW12 Practice

Name Lesson 2.4

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Algebra: Think Addition to Subtract

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

5. There are 11 children on the school bus. Then 3 children get off. How many childrenare left on the bus? � �

6. Tyrell has 14 socks. Eight ofhis socks are black. The rest are white. How many whitesocks does he have? � �

Write a number sentence to solve.

sock

13

16

11

12

Find the difference.Complete the addition fact that can help.

1. 13 � 8 � 5 — THINK: 8 � 5 — � 13

2. 16 � 7 � —— THINK: 7 � —� 16

3. 11 � 9 � —— THINK: 9 � —� 11

4. 12 � 4 � —— THINK: 4 � ——� 12

school bus

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C02_L4.indd Page PW12 8/1/09 1:43:33 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C02_L4.indd Page PW12 8/1/09 1:43:33 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch02/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C02_L4/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch02/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C02_L4

Page 21: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

PW13 Practice

Name Lesson 2.5

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Algebra: Missing Addends

Use addition and a related fact to find the missing addend.

1. 4 � ? � 12 4 � 8 � 12 The missing

12 � 4 � 8 addend is 8 .

2. ? � 7 � 16 � 7 � 16 The missing

16 � 7 � addend is .

3. ? � 8 � 13 � 8� 13 The missing

13 � 8 � addend is .

4. 9 � ? � 15 9 � � 15 The missing

15 � 9 � addend is .

5. ? � 7 � 11 � 7 � 11 The missing

11 � 7 � addend is .

6. 9 � ? � 12 9 � � 12 The missing

12 � 9 � addend is .

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

7. 7 � � 15

8. � 8 � 11

9. � 6 � 12

What number does the stand for?©

Har

cour

t

© H

arco

urt

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C02_L5.indd Page PW13 8/1/09 1:43:24 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C02_L5.indd Page PW13 8/1/09 1:43:24 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch02/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C02_L5/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch02/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C02_L5

Page 22: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

PW14 Practice

Name Lesson 2.6

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Skill • Choose the Operation

Decide which operation to use.Then write the number sentence. Solve.

1. There are 17 children in Ms. Shore’s class. Eight of them are girls. How many boys are there in the class?

2. There are 5 big dogs and 7 little dogs in the park. How many dogs are in the park in all?

3. Mandy has 8 beads. Her friend gives her 6 more beads. How many beads does she have now?

4. Hal has 11 comic books. He gives 3 comic books away. How many comic books does he have left?

5. Yin has 7 red pens and 10 blackpens. How many more black pensthan red pens does she have?

dog

bead

comic book

pen

—boys

— dogs

— beads

— comic books

— more black pens

C C 17 8 9 =-

boy

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

9

— — —

— C — C—

— C — C—

— C — C—

— C — C—

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C02_L6.indd Page PW14 8/1/09 1:44:00 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C02_L6.indd Page PW14 8/1/09 1:44:00 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch02/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C02_L6/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch02/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C02_L6

Page 23: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

1.

50 — ones � 5 — tens

2.

— ones � — tens

3.

— ones � — tens

TensWrite how many ones.Then circle each group of ten. Write how many tens.

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

4. Circle the two models that show the same amount.Cross out the model that shows a different amount.

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

PracticePW15

Name Lesson 3.1

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C03_L1.indd Page PW15 7/30/09 4:26:49 AM s-080MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C03_L1.indd Page PW15 7/30/09 4:26:49 AM s-080 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch03/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C03_L1/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch03/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C03_L1

Page 24: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

1.

2 tens 9 ones

29

3.

tens ones

2.

tens ones

4.

tens ones

Hands On: Tens and OnesUse Workmat 3 and . Write how many tens and ones. Then write the number.

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

5. Ricky has 5 bags of small marbles and 3 big marbles. Each bag has 10 marbles. How many marbles does he have?

— marbles

6. Tad has 27 cookies. How many boxes of 10 cookiescan he make?

— boxes

How many cookies will not be in a box?

— cookies

marble cookie

PracticePW16

Name Lesson 3.2

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C03_L2.indd Page PW16 7/31/09 11:19:37 PM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C03_L2.indd Page PW16 7/31/09 11:19:37 PM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch03/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C03_L2/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch03/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C03_L2

Page 25: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

1. 36

3 or 30

4. 151 or 10

7. 722 or 20

10. 188 or 80

13. 855 or 50

2. 52

50 or 5

5. 8680 or 8

8. 7570 or 7

11. 1910 or 1

14. 3830 or 3

3. 60

6 or 60

6. 533 or 30

9. 242 or 20

12. 939 or 90

15. 677 or 70

Understand Place Value

Circle the value of the gray digit.

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

16. I have 4 ones and 3 tens. What number am I?

17. I have 8 ones and 1 ten. What number am I?

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

PracticePW17

Name Lesson 3.3

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C03_L3.indd Page PW17 7/30/09 4:33:10 AM s-080MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C03_L3.indd Page PW17 7/30/09 4:33:10 AM s-080 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch03/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C03_L3/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch03/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C03_L3

Page 26: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

1.

7 — tens 9 — ones

70 — � 9 —

79 —

3.

— tens — ones

— � —

2.

— tens — ones

— � —

4.

— tens — ones

— � —

Expanded FormWrite the number in three different ways.

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

5. Tyler used these blocks to model a number.Circle the correct ways to write the number.

9 tens 2 ones

29

90 � 2

20 � 9

2 tens 9 ones

92

PracticePW18

Name Lesson 3.4

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C03_L4.indd Page PW18 7/31/09 11:34:09 PM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C03_L4.indd Page PW18 7/31/09 11:34:09 PM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch03/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C03_L4/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch03/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C03_L4

Page 27: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

PracticePW19

Name Lesson 3.5

Read and Write Numbers to 100

1. 50 � 4

54

4. sixty-two

7. 20 � 3

10. 30 � 9

13. thirty-one

2. seventeen

5. 80 � 1

8. 1 ten 8 ones

11. fourteen

14. seventy-one

3. 3 tens 0 ones

6. ninety-nine

9. eighty

12. 5 tens 7 ones

15. 60 � 5

Write the number.

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

Circle the best answer for the riddle.

16. I am a number with the digit 8 in the ones place. Which of these numbers couldI be?

eighteen eighty eighty-six

17. I am a number with thedigit 3 in the tens place. Which of these numbers could I be?

three thirty thirteen

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C03_L5.indd Page PW19 7/31/09 11:53:05 PM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C03_L5.indd Page PW19 7/31/09 11:53:05 PM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch03/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C03_L5/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch03/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C03_L5

Page 28: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

1. 26

1 — ten 16 — ones

2. 34

— tens

— ones

3. 42

— tens — ones

— tens — ones

— tens — ones

— tens — ones

— tens — ones

— tens — ones

— tens — ones

Different Ways to Show NumbersUse . Write how many tens and ones.

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

4. Use . Draw two ways to show 37.Write how many tens and ones for each model.

— tens — ones — tens — ones

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

PracticePW20

Name Lesson 3.6

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C03_L6.indd Page PW20 8/1/09 12:34:46 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C03_L6.indd Page PW20 8/1/09 12:34:46 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch03/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C03_L6/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch03/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C03_L6

Page 29: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

PracticePW21

Name Lesson 3.7

1. Will has a box filled with paper clips. About how many paper clips might be in the box?

2. Ms. Tapp eats eggs for breakfast. About how manyeggs might sheeat?

3. Kathy fills a bucket with marbles. About how manymarbles might bein the bucket?

4. Ty counts the chairs in his classroom. Abouthow many chairsmight there be?

5. Emma and her father take some dogs for a walk. About howmany dogs mightthey take fora walk?

Skill • Make Reasonable EstimatesCircle the better estimate.

about 10 paper clips

about 100 paper clips

about 2 eggs

about 20 eggs

about 5 marbles

about 50 marbles

about 2 chairs

about 20 chairs

about 3 dogs

about 30 dogs

paper clip

egg

marble

chair

dog

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C03_L7.indd Page PW21 8/1/09 12:38:53 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C03_L7.indd Page PW21 8/1/09 12:38:53 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch03/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C03_L7/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch03/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C03_L7

Page 30: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

1.

23 is greater than — 21.

23 C > 21

2.

16 — 17.

16 C

17

Algebra: Compare Numbers: >, <, or =Write is greater than, is less than, oris equal to. Then write �, �, or �.

Write is greater than, is less than, or is equal to. Then write �, �, or �.

3. 38 —

38.

38 C

38

5. 76 —

67.

76 C

67

4. 27 —

41.

27 C

41

6. 57 —

55.

57 C

55

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

7. Which of the numbers in the box could make this true?

61 � —

61 70

62 60

HINT: Compare the tens digits. Then compare the ones digits if you need to.

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

PracticePW22

Name Lesson 4.1

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C04_L1.indd Page 22 7/30/09 4:41:47 AM s-080MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C04_L1.indd Page 22 7/30/09 4:41:47 AM s-080 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch04/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C04_L1/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch04/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C04_L1

Page 31: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

2.

1.

3. 45 33 61

— C

— C

5. 18 37 46

— C

— C

4. 56 55 64

— C

— C

6. 60 59 63

— C

— C

least greatest greatest least

greatestleastgreatest least

Order NumbersCompare the numbers. Write them in the correct order. Then write � or �.

Write the numbers in the correct order. Then write � or � .

— C > — C

> —42 38 35greatest least

— C

— C

least greatest

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

7. Write a number in the box that will make this true.

41 � � 44

8. Write a number in the box that will make this true.

61 � � 56

REMEMBER:

� is greater than� is less than

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

PracticePW23

Name Lesson 4.2

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C04_L2.indd Page 23 7/30/09 4:44:09 AM s-080MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C04_L2.indd Page 23 7/30/09 4:44:09 AM s-080 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch04/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C04_L2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch04/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C04_L2

Page 32: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

1. 24

——

4. 21

——

2. 17

——

5. 36

——

3. 35

——

6. 19

——

Even and Odd NumbersUse cubes to show the number as tens and ones. Draw what you built.Write even or odd.

even

REMEMBER:

Build the ones in pairs.

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

7. Choose two numbers in the box that you canadd together to get an odd sum.

— and —

8. Choose two numbers in the box that you canadd together to get an even sum.

— and —

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

PracticePW24

Name Lesson 4.3

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C04_L3.indd Page 24 7/30/09 4:47:16 AM s-080MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C04_L3.indd Page 24 7/30/09 4:47:16 AM s-080 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch04/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C04_L3/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch04/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C04_L3

Page 33: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Algebra: Patterns on a Hundred Chart

Skip-count. Use the hundred chart to continue the pattern. Write the missing numbers.

4. Jared is writing a number pattern by skip-counting backward by fours. What should the first number in this pattern be?Complete the pattern.

, , , , 4

The first number in the pattern should be .

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

1. Count by fives.

5, 10, 15, 20 — , 25 — , 30 —

40, 45, 50, — , — , —

2. Count by twos.

22, 24, 26,

— , — , —

60, 62, 64, — , — , — , — , —

3. Count by threes.

27, 30, 33, — , — , — , — , —

78, 81, 84, — , — , — , — , —

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

PracticePW25

Name Lesson 4.4

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C04_L4.indd Page PW27 7/31/09 5:48:12 AM s-080MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C04_L4.indd Page PW27 7/31/09 5:48:12 AM s-080 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch04/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C04_L4/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch04/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C04_L4

Page 34: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

1.

68, 73, 78, 83 — , 88 — Rule: Count by — — .

2.

35, 37, 39, — , — Rule: Count by — — .

3.

71, 75, 79, — , — Rule: Count by — — .

4.

12, 15, 18, — , — Rule: Count by — — .

Algebra: Skip-Count on a Number LineSkip-count. Write the missing numbers.Write a rule for the pattern.

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

5. There are 37 people on the bus. Each time the bus stops, 5 more people get on. In how many stops will there be 57 people on the bus?

— stops

68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88

35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55

71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57©

Har

cour

t

© H

arco

urt

fives

PracticePW26

Name Lesson 4.5

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C04_L5.indd Page 1 7/30/09 4:45:31 AM s-080MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C04_L5.indd Page 1 7/30/09 4:45:31 AM s-080 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch04/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C04_L5/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch04/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C04_L5

Page 35: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Problem Solving Strategy: Find a PatternFind the pattern. Complete the table to solve.

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

There are wings on 6 airplanes.

There are wheels on 5 wagons.

number of airplanes 1 2 3 4 5 6

number of wings 2 4 6

number of wagons 1 2 3 4 5

number of wheels 4 8 12

Mixed Strategy Practice

Choose a strategy to solve.

socks

grapesgrape

sock

• Draw a Picture• Write a Number Sentence• Find a Pattern

Choose a Strategy

There are wings on

each airplane.

There are wheels on

each wagon.

1. How many wings are on 6 airplanes?

2. How many wheels are on 5 wagons?

3. Matt has 6 black socks. He has 4 white socks. How many socks does he have in all?

4. Tasha has 14 grapes. Seven are purple. The rest are green. How many grapes are green?

PracticePW27

Name Lesson 4.6

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C04_L6.indd Page PW27 7/30/09 4:44:43 AM s-080MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C04_L6.indd Page PW27 7/30/09 4:44:43 AM s-080 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch04/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C04_L6/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch04/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C04_L6

Page 36: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Algebra: Number PatternsUse the hundred chart. Extend the pattern.

6. Gene is skip-counting by tens. He starts the pattern with 26. Will he say 86 in his pattern? Circle yes or no.

7. Write the first five numbers in Gene’s pattern.

, , , ,

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

1. Skip-count by fives.

4, 9, 14, , , , ,

2. Skip-count by tens.

8, 18, 28, , , , ,

3. Skip-count by twos.

9, 11, 13, , , , ,

4. Skip-count by fives.

31, 36, 41, , , , ,

5. Skip-count by tens.

15, 25, 35, , , , ,

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

19 24 29 34 39

noyes

PracticePW28

Name Lesson 4.7

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C04_L7.indd Page PW28 8/1/09 1:47:10 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C04_L7.indd Page PW28 8/1/09 1:47:10 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch04/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C04_L7 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch04/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C04_L7

Page 37: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Mental Math: Add on Multiples of Ten

Count on to add.

1. 36 � 40 � 76 —

3. 27 � 30 � —

5. 14 � 50 � —

7. 17 � 10 � —

9. 21 � 40 � —

2. 54 � 20 � —

4. 78 � 20 � —

6. 35 � 30 � —

8. 43 � 40 � —

10. 46 � 50 � —

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

11. Ben has 22 owl stickers. His friendgives him some more. Now he has62 owl stickers. Count on by tens.How many owl stickers did Ben’sfriend give him?

— owl stickers

12. Jada has 16 colored markers. Shebuys some more. Now she has 46markers. Count on by tens. Howmany markers did Jada buy?

— markers

owl sticker

marker

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

PracticePW29

Name Lesson 5.1

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C05_L1.indd Page 1 7/30/09 5:04:25 AM s-080MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C05_L1.indd Page 1 7/30/09 5:04:25 AM s-080 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch05/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C05_L1/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch05/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C05_L1

Page 38: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

1. Add 23 and 9.

3 — tens 2 — ones

32 —

4. Add 65 and 3.

— tens — ones

2. Add 54 and 6.

— tens — ones

5. Add 18 and 6.

— tens — ones

3. Add 37 and 7.

— tens — ones

6. Add 42 and 5.

— tens — ones

Hands On: Regrouping for AdditionUse Workmat 11 and . If you can make a ten, regroup.Write how many tens and ones. Write the sum.

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

7. Shelby sees 34 owls at the zoo. Thenshe sees 9 more owls on a nature walk.How many owls does Shelby see in all?

— owls

Use Workmat 11 and to solve.

owl

Tens Ones

Workmat Tens Ones

Workmat

Tens Ones

Workmat Tens Ones

Workmat Tens Ones

Workmat

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Tens Ones

Workmat

PracticePW30

Name Lesson 5.2Name Lesson 5.2

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C05_L2.indd Page 1 8/1/09 1:16:57 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C05_L2.indd Page 1 8/1/09 1:16:57 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch05/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C05_L2/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch05/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C05_L2

Page 39: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

1. Add 33 and 19.

5 — tens 2 — ones

52 —

4. Add 24 and 49.

— tens — ones

2. Add 46 and 37.

— tens — ones

5. Add 12 and 77.

— tens — ones

3. Add 51 and 28.

— tens — ones

6. Add 68 and 29.

— tens — ones

Hands On: Model 2-Digit AdditionUse Workmat 11 and . If you can make a ten, regroup.Write how many tens and ones. Write the sum.

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

7. Clara has 25 marbles. Keith has18 marbles. How may marblesdo Clara and Keith have in all?

— marbles

Draw to solve.

marble

Tens Ones

Workmat Tens Ones

Workmat Tens Ones

Workmat

Tens Ones

Workmat Tens Ones

Workmat Tens Ones

Workmat

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

PracticePW31

Name Lesson 5.3

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C05_L3.indd Page 1 7/30/09 5:01:13 AM s-080MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C05_L3.indd Page 1 7/30/09 5:01:13 AM s-080 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch05/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C05_L3/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch05/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C05_L3

Page 40: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Strategy • Make a ModelProblem Solving Strategy Practice

Use Workmat 11 and to make a model.Write how many.

1. Eric counts 35 bats sleeping in the zoo.He counts 17 bats eating.How many bats does hecount in all?

2. Sophie draws 29 worms.Aldon draws 14 worms.How many worms dothey draw in all?

Mixed Strategy Practice

Choose a strategy to solve.

3. Casey has 24 strawberries. Evan has20 more strawberries than Casey.How many strawberriesdoes Evan have?

4. There are 7 owl books in Tim’s classroom.There are 9 owl books in the library.How many owl books arethere altogether?

— bats

— worms

— strawberries

— owl books

bat

worm

strawberry

owl book

Choose a Strategy

• Make a Model

• Write a Number Sentence

• Draw a Picture

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

PracticePW32

Name Lesson 5.4

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C05_L4.indd Page 1 8/1/09 1:20:19 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C05_L4.indd Page 1 8/1/09 1:20:19 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch05/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C05_L4/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch05/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C05_L4

Page 41: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

5. Caroline has 24 bug stickers.Her brother has 17 bug stickers.How many bug stickers do they have in all?

— bug stickers

Tens Ones

1.

3.

2.

4. Tens Ones

B 5 1

� 3 9

__

Tens Ones

B 1 3

� 6 8

__

Tens Ones

B 2 9

� 4 2

__

Hands On: Model and Record 2-Digit AdditionUse Workmat 3 and .Draw the regrouping if you need to. Write the sum.

Problem SolvingProblem SolvingUse Workmat 3 and if you need to.

bug sticker

1

Tens Ones

B 3 6

� 1 6

__

5 2

Tens Ones

Workmat Tens Ones

Workmat

Tens Ones

Workmat Tens Ones

Workmat

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

B

__

PracticePW33

Name Lesson 5.5

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C05_L5.indd Page 19 7/30/09 5:01:37 AM s-080MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C05_L5.indd Page 19 7/30/09 5:01:37 AM s-080 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch05/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C05_L5/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch05/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C05_L5

Page 42: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

7. Ryan has 17 reptile toys. Colin has 9 reptile toys. How many reptile toys do they have altogether?

— reptile toys

8. There are 22 bees near the garden. There are 12 bees near the pond. How many bees are there in all?

— bees

1.

3.

5.

2.

4.

6.

Tens Ones

B 2 1

� 6 5

__

Tens Ones

B 1 6

� 9

__

Tens Ones

B 2 1

� 3 9

__

Hands On: 2-Digit AdditionUse Workmat 3 and .If there are 10 ones, regroup. Write the sum.

Problem SolvingProblem SolvingDraw if you need to. Solve.

1

Tens Ones

B 5 7

� 2 7

__

8 4

Tens Ones

B 4 7

� 1 5

__

Tens Ones

B 2 4

� 2 8

__

Tens Ones

Workmat Tens Ones

Workmat

Tens Ones

Workmat Tens Ones

Workmat

Tens Ones Tens Ones

WorkmatWorkmat

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

PracticePW34

Name Lesson 5.6Name Lesson 5.6

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C05_L6.indd Page 1 7/30/09 4:58:16 AM s-080MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C05_L6.indd Page 1 7/30/09 4:58:16 AM s-080 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch05/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C05_L6/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch05/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C05_L6

Page 43: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

1. 2. 3. 4.

5. 6. 7. 8. Tens Ones

B 6 3

� 2 7

__

Tens Ones

B 1 7

� 3 7

__

Tens Ones

B 4 4

� 2 9

__

Tens Ones

B 4 8

� 3 1

__

Tens Ones

B 2 2

� 5 8

__

Tens Ones

B 2 4

� 1 7

__

B 5 2

� 4 6

__

Tens Ones

B 1 3 5

� 2 8

__

6 3

Add 2-Digit Numbers

Add. Regroup if you need to.

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

9. Sidney has 17 golf balls. Charlie has 2 more golf balls than Sidney. How many golf balls do they have in all?

— golf balls

Circle the problem that helps answer the question. Solve.

Tens Ones

B 1 7

� 2

__

Tens Ones

B 1 7

� 1 5

__

Tens Ones

B 1 7

� 1 9

__

Tens Ones

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

PW35 Practice

Name Lesson 6.1

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C06_L1.indd Page 1 7/30/09 5:49:40 AM s-080MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C06_L1.indd Page 1 7/30/09 5:49:40 AM s-080 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch06/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C06_L1/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch06/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C06_L1

Page 44: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

1. 2. 3. 4.

5. 6. 7. 8. Tens Ones

B 5 7

� 3 2

__

Tens Ones

B 5 3

� 2 7

__

Tens Ones

B 1 9

� 8

__

Tens Ones

B 2 4

� 4 6

__

Tens Ones

B 7 2

� 5

__

Tens Ones

B 3 7

� 4 4

__

Tens Ones

B 4 1

� 8

__

Practice 2-Digit Addition

Add. Regroup if you need to.

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

9. There are 42 swimmers on the swim team. Some are in first grade. Some are in second grade. Which of these could show the number of first and second graders on the swim team?

Tens Ones

B 1 5

� 1 7

__

Tens Ones

B 3 1

� 1 4

__

Tens Ones

B 2 7

� 1 5

__

Tens Ones

B 1 2 8

� 4 6

__

7 4

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

PW36 Practice

Name Lesson 6.2Name Lesson 6.2

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C06_L2.indd Page 1 7/30/09 5:47:44 AM s-080MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C06_L2.indd Page 1 7/30/09 5:47:44 AM s-080 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch06/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C06_L2/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch06/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C06_L2

Page 45: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

1. 35 � 57

5. 21 � 24

9. 33 � 27

2. 22 � 19

6. 52 � 38

10. 19 � 26

3. 43 � 6

7. 34 � 48

11. 44 � 15

4. 16 � 56

8. 29 � 7

12. 12 � 29

Tens Ones Tens OnesTens Ones

Rewrite 2-Digit Addition

Rewrite the numbers. Then add.

Tens Ones

B 1 3 5

� 5 7

__

9 2

13. Erik hit 36 tennis balls in the morning and 47 tennis balls in the afternoon. His father hit 82 tennis balls in all. Who hit more tennis balls?

Problem Solving Problem Solving

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

B

__

B

__

B

__

__

__

__

__

� � � �

__

PW37 Practice

Name Lesson 6.3

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C06_L3.indd Page 19 7/30/09 5:47:36 AM s-080MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C06_L3.indd Page 19 7/30/09 5:47:36 AM s-080 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch06/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C06_L3/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch06/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C06_L3

Page 46: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Estimate Sums

Look at the sum in the box. Write � or � to make each sentence true.

1. 10 + 50 = 60

8 � 48 C

< 60

11 � 50 C

> 60

3. 70 + 20 = 90

73 � 20 C 90

68 � 18 C 90

5. 50 + 20 = 70

47 � 19 C 70

52 � 20 C 70

2. 20 + 40 = 60

21 � 38 C 60

20 � 42 C 60

4. 40 + 50 = 90

40 � 53 C 90

38 � 48 C 90

6. 30 + 40 = 70

32 � 42 C 70

30 � 39 C 70

Problem SolvingProblem Solving7. Choose from the numbers on the flag to

write true sentences. Use the sum in the box to help.

30 + 20 = 50

— � — � 50 — � — � 50

— � — � 50 — � — � 50

— � — � 50 — � — � 50

22

18

3129

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

PW38 Practice

Name Lesson 6.4

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C06_L4.indd Page 1 7/30/09 5:47:53 AM s-080MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C06_L4.indd Page 1 7/30/09 5:47:53 AM s-080 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch06/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C06_L4/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch06/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C06_L4

Page 47: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

1. 2. 3. 4.

5. 6. 7. 8.

9. 10. 11. 12.

13. 14. 15. 16.

More 2-Digit Addition

Add. Regroup if you need to.

1 2 8

� 35

_

63

4 7

� 24

_

6 2

� 31

_

5 3

� 19

_

7 8

� 12

_

3 4

� 52

_

2 7

� 37

_

1 6

� 51

_

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

2 2

� 56

_

2 3

� 45

_

4 4

� 17

_

5 9

� 31

_

67� 29_

18� 34_

35� 16_

78� 11_

Problem SolvingProblem Solving 17. The boys’ softball team has 34 balls

and 28 mitts. The girls’ softball team has 27 balls and 33 mitts. How many mitts do they have in all?

— mitts

PW39 Practice

Name Lesson 6.5

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C06_L5.indd Page 1 7/30/09 5:48:00 AM s-080MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C06_L5.indd Page 1 7/30/09 5:48:00 AM s-080 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch06/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C06_L5/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch06/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C06_L5

Page 48: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Goals Scored This Season

Player Number of Goals

Terry 16

Jose 24

Darcy 27

Otto 18

Problem Solving Skill: Use a Table

Use the table to solve.

1. How many goals did Jose andDarcy score in all?

— goals

2. How many goals did Terry andOtto score in all?

— goals

3. Which two players scored 45 points in all?

and

4. Which two players scored 40 goals in all? Add to check your answer.

and

51

2 42 7

5 1

1

+

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

PW40 Practice

Name Lesson 6.6

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C06_L6.indd Page 1 7/31/09 4:22:23 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C06_L6.indd Page 1 7/31/09 4:22:23 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch06/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C06_L6/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch06/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C06_L6

Page 49: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Algebra: Break Apart Numbers to Add

Break apart the addends. Find the sum.

1. 15 � 47 � ? Add the tens. — � — � —

Add the ones. — � — � —

How many in all? — � — � —

So, 15 + 47 � —.

2. 23 � 58 � ? Add the tens. — � — � —

Add the ones. — � — � —

How many in all? — � — � —

So, 23 � 58 � —.

3. 35 � 19 � ? Add the tens. — � — � —

Add the ones. — � — � —

How many in all? — � — � —

So, 35 � 19 � —.

— � —10 5— � —40 7

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

— � —�— � —

� — � —— � —

4. Eric has 23 soccer stamps and some football stamps. He has 60 stamps in all.How many football stamps does he have?

— football stamps

— � —— � —

— � — — � —

stamp

PW41 Practice

Name Lesson 6.7

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C06_L7.indd Page 1 8/13/09 1:47:41 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C06_L7.indd Page 1 8/13/09 1:47:41 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch06/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C06_L7/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch06/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C06_L7

Page 50: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Mental Math: Subtract Multiples of Ten

Count back to subtract.

1. 45 � 20 � 25 —

3. 58 � 10 � —

5. 37 � 20 � —

7. 86 � 50 � —

9. 81 � 40 � —

11. 53 � 40 � —

2. 63 � 30 � —

4. 42 � 30 � —

6. 75 � 40 � —

8. 49 � 10 � —

10. 77 � 50 � —

12. 93 � 20 � —

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

bead© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

13. Julia has 55 red beads. Chandra has 37 red beads.Julia gives 30 red beads to Chandra.How many red beads does each childhave now?

Julia: — red beads

Chandra: — red beads

PracticePW42

Name Lesson 7.1

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C07_L1.indd Page 1 7/30/09 5:59:29 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C07_L1.indd Page 1 7/30/09 5:59:29 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch07/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C07_L1/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch07/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C07_L1

Page 51: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Hands On: Regrouping for SubtractionUse Workmat 11 and . Regroup if you need to.Write how many tens and ones. Write the difference.

7. Jason has 25 rubber stamps. Trisha has7 fewer rubber stamps than Jason. How many rubber stamps does Trisha have?

— rubber stamps

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

1. Subtract 6 from 22.

1 — tens 6 — ones

16 —

4. Subtract 8 from 45.

— tens — ones

2. Subtract 4 from 15.

— tens — ones

5. Subtract 5 from 52.

— tens — ones

3. Subtract 7 from 36.

— tens — ones

6. Subtract 3 from 31.

— tens — ones

Use Workmat 11 and to solve.

rubber stamp

Tens Ones

Workmat Tens Ones

Workmat Tens Ones

Workmat

Tens Ones

Workmat Tens Ones

Workmat Tens Ones

Workmat

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

PracticePW43

Name Lesson 7.2Name Lesson 7.2

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C07_L2.indd Page 1 7/30/09 5:59:44 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C07_L2.indd Page 1 7/30/09 5:59:44 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch07/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C07_L2/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch07/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C07_L2

Page 52: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Hands On: Model 2-Digit SubtractionUse Workmat 11 and . Regroup if you need to.Write how many tens and ones. Write the difference.

7. Ava has 42 sequins. She gives14 sequins to Beth. How many sequinsdoes Ava have left?

— sequins

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

1. Subtract 24 from 43.

1 — tens 9 — ones

19 —

4. Subtract 15 from 33.

— tens — ones

2. Subtract 17 from 65.

— tens — ones

5. Subtract 46 from 68.

— tens — ones

3. Subtract 27 from 56.

— tens — ones

6. Subtract 19 from 47.

— tens — ones

Draw to solve.

sequins

Tens Ones

Workmat Tens Ones

Workmat Tens Ones

Workmat

Tens Ones

Workmat Tens Ones

Workmat Tens Ones

Workmat

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

PracticePW44

Name Lesson 7.3

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C07_L3.indd Page 1 7/30/09 5:59:17 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C07_L3.indd Page 1 7/30/09 5:59:17 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch07/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C07_L3/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch07/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C07_L3

Page 53: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Strategy • Make a ModelProblem Solving Strategy Practice

Use Workmat 11 and to make a model.Write how many.

1. Juan has 52 moon shapes. He has38 heart shapes. How many moremoon shapes doeshe have than heartshapes?

2. There are 45 paintbrushes in a cup.Dennis takes 28 paintbrushes outof the cup. Howmany paintbrushesare left in the cup?

3. Laura has 47 stickers. Chad has9 fewer stickers than Laura. Howmany stickers doesChad have?

4. There are 37 pieces of red yarn andsome pieces of blue yarn in a box.There are 61 piecesof yarn altogether.How many piecesof blue yarn are inthe box?

— more moon shapes

— paintbrushes

— stickers

— pieces of blue yarn

moon shape

paintbrush

sticker

yarn

Go You!

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

PracticePW45

Name Lesson 7.4

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C07_L4.indd Page 19 7/31/09 4:45:09 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C07_L4.indd Page 19 7/31/09 4:45:09 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch07/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C07_L4/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch07/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C07_L4

Page 54: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

B B

3 1

� 6

__

5. Mr. Thome has 24 paintbrushes. He gives3 paintbrushes to one group of studentsand 5 paintbrushes to another group.How many paintbrushes does he have left?

— paintbrushes

tens ones

tens ones tens ones

tens ones

Hands On: Model and Record 2-Digit AdditionUse Workmat 3 and .Draw the regrouping if you need to. Write the difference.

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

Use Workmat 3 and if you need to.

paintbrush

tens ones

B B

2 3

� 5

__

B B

6 5

� 7

__

B B

4 8

� 9

__

B B

__

Tens Ones

Workmat

Tens Ones

Workmat Tens Ones

Workmat

Tens Ones

Workmat

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

1.

3.

2.

4.

__

PracticePW46

Name Lesson 7.5

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C07_L5.indd Page 19 7/30/09 5:59:34 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C07_L5.indd Page 19 7/30/09 5:59:34 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch07/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C07_L5/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch07/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C07_L5

Page 55: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

1.

3.

5.

2.

4.

6.

B B

3 5

� 1 7

__

Tens Ones

7. Jack models a problem. He starts with 5 ones and 6 tens.He has 2 tens and 7 ones left.What problem did he solve?

Tens Ones Tens Ones

Hands On: Subtract 2-Digit NumbersUse Workmat 3 and .Regroup if you need to. Write the difference.

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

Use Workmat 3 and if you need to.

Tens Ones Tens Ones

Tens Ones

B 4 B 18

5

� 8

� 1 9

__

3 9

B B

7 6

� 3 9

__

B B

6 4

� 2 2

__

B B

5 7

� 2 4

__

B B

4 5

� 1 6

__

Tens Ones

B B

__

Tens Ones

Workmat Tens Ones

Workmat

Tens Ones

Workmat Tens Ones

Workmat

Tens Ones

Workmat Tens Ones

Workmat

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

PracticePW47

Name Lesson 7.6

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C07_L6.indd Page 19 8/13/09 12:10:47 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C07_L6.indd Page 19 8/13/09 12:10:47 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch07/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C07_L6/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch07/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C07_L6

Page 56: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

2-Digit Subtraction

Use Workmat 3 and . Subtract.1. 2. 3. 4.

5. 6. 7. 8.

9. 10. 11. 12.

Use Workmat 3 and to solve.

13. Jodi and Sean each put 12 rubber balls into a bag. Then Tyler takes 18 rubber balls out of the bag. How many rubber balls are in the bag now?

rubber balls

B 7 B 12

8

/ 2

/

� 3 7

__

4 5

B B

6

4

� 5

__

B B

3

8

� 1 5

__

B B

7

1

� 2 2

__

B B

5

7

� 4 8

__

B B

2

8

� 9

__

B B

4

2

� 1 7

__

B B

9

3

� 4 7

__

B B

8

0

� 3 3

__

B B

4

6

� 2 8

__

B B

5

1

� 1 4

__

B B

3

4

� 5

__

rubber ball

Tens Ones Tens Ones Tens Ones Tens Ones

Tens OnesTens OnesTens OnesTens Ones

Tens Ones Tens Ones Tens Ones Tens Ones

Practice

Name Lesson 8.1

PW48

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C08_L1.indd Page 19 7/17/09 5:45:46 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C08_L1.indd Page 19 7/17/09 5:45:46 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch08/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C08_L1/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch08/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C08_L1

Page 57: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

Practice 2-Digit Subtraction

Subtract. Regroup if you need to.

1. 2. 3. 4.

5. 6. 7. 8.

Circle the problem that will help you answer the question. Then solve.

9. Joe has 34 buttons. Paul has 2 more buttons than Joe. Andy has 17 fewer buttons than Paul. How many buttons does Andy have?

B B

8

3

� 2 5

__

B B

4

5

� 2 7

__

B B

9

2

� 6 4

__

B B

3

3

� 6

__

B B

6

4

� 2 8

__

B B

5

8

� 2 1

__

B B

7

0

� 2 6

__

B 4 B 17

5

/ 7

/

� 2 9

__

2 8

Tens Ones Tens Ones Tens Ones Tens Ones

Tens Ones Tens Ones Tens Ones Tens Ones

Tens Ones Tens Ones

B B

3

4

� 1 7

__

B B

1

7

� 2

__

Tens Ones

B B

3

6

� 1 7

__

PracticePW49

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Name Lesson 8.2

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C08_L2.indd Page 19 7/17/09 5:46:03 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C08_L2.indd Page 19 7/17/09 5:46:03 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch08/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C08_L2/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch08/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C08_L2

Page 58: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Rewrite 2-Digit Subtraction

Rewrite the numbers. Then subtract.

1. 45 � 27 2. 84 � 56 3. 37 �14 4. 66 � 49

5. 91 � 43 6. 75 � 38 7. 48 � 15 8. 63 � 36

9. 82 � 43 10. 55 � 17 11. 28 � 19 12. 40 � 21

Write the missing numbers.

13. 14. 15.

B B

__

B B

__

B B

__

B B

__

B B

__

B B

__

B B

__

B B

__

B B

__

B B

__

B B

__

B B

__

B B

__

B B

__

B 3 B 15

4

/ 5

/

� 2 7

__

1 8

Tens Ones Tens Ones Tens Ones Tens Ones

Tens Ones Tens Ones Tens Ones

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

4 15

2 8

5 12

1 6

7 12

3 9

Practice

Name Lesson 8.3

PW50

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C08_L3.indd Page 19 7/17/09 5:46:30 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C08_L3.indd Page 19 7/17/09 5:46:30 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch08/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C08_L3/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch08/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C08_L3

Page 59: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

More 2-Digit Subtraction

Subtract. Regroup if you need to.

1.

56 � 39

_

2.

72

� 59

_

3.

47

� 35

_

4.

63

� 28

_

5.

92

� 25

_

6.

36

� 17

_

7.

52

� 23

_

8.

85

� 54

_

9.

53

� 15

_

10.

44

� 22

_

11.

76

� 38

_

12.

60

� 33

_

13.

74

� 46

_

14.

68

� 29

_

15.

90

� 24

_

16.

81

� 57

_

17. Derek has 24 toy cars. Mandy has 6 more toy cars than Derek. Abby has 13 fewer toy cars than Mandy. How many toy cars does Abby have?

toy cars

//4 16

17

toy car

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Practice

Name Lesson 8.4

PW51

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C08_L4.indd Page 19 7/17/09 5:46:42 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C08_L4.indd Page 19 7/17/09 5:46:42 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch08/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C08_L4/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch08/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C08_L4

Page 60: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Use Addition to Check Subtraction

Subtract. Add to check.

1. 2. 3.

4. 5. 6.

7. 8. 9.

Solve. Then use addition to check your answer. 10. Taylor had 42 train track pieces. She built

a train track. She has 24 pieces left. How many pieces did Taylor use to build the track?

pieces

46

26

72

1

46

//6 12

72�26 �

44�15 �

63�38 �

35�18 �

21� 7 �

86�48 �

75�39 �

40� 3 �

33�24 �

��

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

Practice

Name Lesson 8.5

PW52

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C08_L5.indd Page 19 7/17/09 5:47:51 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C08_L5.indd Page 19 7/17/09 5:47:51 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch08/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C08_L5/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch08/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C08_L5

Page 61: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Estimate DifferencesLook at the difference in the box.Then write > or < to make each sentence true.

1.

80 � 37 4080 � 42 40

2.

70 � 49 2070 � 51 20

3.

60 � 22 4060 � 17 40

4.

50 � 27 2050 � 34 20

5.

80 � 22 6080 � 19 60

6.

60 � 8 5060 � 11 50

7. Write numbers in the blanks to make true sentences. Use the difference in the box to help.

90 � � 30 90 � � 30

90 � � 30 90 � � 30

90 � � 30 90 � � 30

80 � 40 � 40 70 � 50 � 20

60 � 20 � 40

80 � 20 � 60

50 � 30 � 20

60 � 10 � 50

90 � 60 � 30

>

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Practice

Name Lesson 8.6

PW53

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C08_L6.indd Page 19 7/17/09 5:48:05 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C08_L6.indd Page 19 7/17/09 5:48:05 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch08/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C08_L6/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch08/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C08_L6

Page 62: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Use the table to answer the questions.

Shirts in a Store

Color Number of Shirts

blue 45green 54yellow 27

red 36

1. How many more blue shirtsthan yellow shirts are in thestore? more blue shirts

2. The green shirts and redshirts are all on one shelf.How many shirts are onthat shelf? shirts

3. The store sells 18 blue shirts. How many blue shirts are left in the store? blue shirts

4. How many more greenshirts than red shirtsare in the store? more green shirts

Problem Solving Skill: Use a Table

Name Lesson 8.7

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

PW54 Practice

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C08_L7.indd Page 19 7/17/09 5:48:40 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C08_L7.indd Page 19 7/17/09 5:48:40 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch08/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C08_L7/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch08/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C08_L7

Page 63: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Mental Math: Find Differences

Add the same number

to both numbers.Subtract.

1. 64 � 36 � ? 64 � 36

� �

� �

So,

64 � 36 �

2. 85 � 48 � ? 85 � 48

� �

� �

So,

85 � 48 �

3. 51 � 17 � ? 51 � 17

� �

� �

So,

51 � 17 �

Use mental math to solve. 4. Isak has 28 trading cards. He needs

42 trading cards to make a set.How many more trading cards does he need to make a set?

more trading cards

4068

4

trading card

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

4

68 40 28

28

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Practice

Name Lesson 8.8

PW55

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C08_L8.indd Page 19 7/17/09 5:48:53 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C08_L8.indd Page 19 7/17/09 5:48:53 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch08/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C08_L8/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch08/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C08_L8

Page 64: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Mixed Practice

Find the sum or difference.

1. 33 � 12

_

2. 64 � 47

_

3. 25 � 57

_

4. 83 � 36

_

5. 46 � 34

_

6. 81 � 17

_

7. 42 � 21

_

8. 12 � 67

_

9. 61 + 29

_

10. 72 � 28

_

11. 29 � 41

_

12. 52 � 39

_

13. 31 � 12

_

14. 64 � 18

_

15. 49 � 22

_

16. 75 � 48

_

17. 43 � 19

_

18. 22 � 35

_

19. 32 � 9

_

20. 67 � 15

_

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

21. Kinzy and Ezra each put 22 crayons in a box. Then they took 9 crayons out of the box and put them into a bucket. How many crayons were left in the box?

crayons

45

crayon

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Practice

Name Lesson 8.9

PW56

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C08_L9.indd Page 19 7/31/09 5:01:47 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C08_L9.indd Page 19 7/31/09 5:01:47 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch08/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C08_L9/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch08/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C08_L9

Page 65: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Picture Graphs

Use the picture graph to answer the questions.

Books on Ben’s Bookshelf

mystery

fiction

biography

Key: Each stands for 1 book.

1. How many mystery books are on Ben’s bookshelf?

mystery books

2. How many more fiction books than biography books are on Ben’s bookshelf?

more fiction books

3. How many books are on Ben’s bookshelf in all?

books

Problem Solving Problem Solving

Use the picture graph above.

4. Ben put some science books on his bookshelf. He put twice as many science books as mystery and biography books together. How many science books did he put on the bookshelf? science books

3

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

PracticePW57

Name Lesson 9.1

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C09_L1.indd Page PW57 8/13/09 12:12:19 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C09_L1.indd Page PW57 8/13/09 12:12:19 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch09/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C09_L1/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch09/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C09_L1

Page 66: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Take a Survey on a Tally Chart 1. Take a survey. Ask 10

classmates which figure is their favorite. Use tally marks to show their answers.

2. Draw in the picture graph to show the information in the tally chart.

Problem Solving Problem Solving 3. Mason wants to ask 12

classmates which sandwich is their favorite. Look at the results he has recorded. How many more classmates does he need to ask?

more classmates

Our Favorite Figures

Figure Tally

square

circle

triangle

square

circle

triangle

Our Favorite Figures

Key: Each stands for 1 child.

Our Favorite Sandwiches

Sandwich Tally

ham

turkey

peanut butter

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Practice

Name Lesson 9.2

PW58

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C09_L2.indd Page 19 7/17/09 5:49:59 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C09_L2.indd Page 19 7/17/09 5:49:59 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch09/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C09_L2/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch09/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C09_L2

Page 67: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Read a Bar Graph

Use the bar graph to answer the questions.

1. Who read the most pages?

2. Who read the fewest pages?

3. How many more pages did Olivia read than Maggie? more pages

4. How many pages did the children read in all? pages

Problem SolvingProblem SolvingUse the bar graph to answer the questions.Write true or false.

5. Olivia read 2 fewer pages than Max.

6. Maggie read the same number of pages as Luke.

7. Luke read 1 more page than Max.

Olivia

Pages Read Last Week

Children

Num

bers

of

Pages 10

0123456789

OliviaMaxMaggieLuke

REMEMBER:Look at where each bar ends.

Practice

Name Lesson 9.3

PW59

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C09_L3.indd Page 19 7/17/09 5:50:14 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C09_L3.indd Page 19 7/17/09 5:50:14 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch09/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C09_L3/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch09/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C09_L3

Page 68: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Make a Bar Graph

1. Use the picture to complete the table.Then shade the bars in the graph to show the data.

Use the bar graph to answer the questions.

2. How many triangles are there ? triangles

3. How many circles are there ? circles

4. How many figures are not squares ? figures

5. How many more triangles than squares are there? more triangles

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

6. This bar graph shows fruit in a fruit bowl. If 4 more plums are added to the bowl, how many pieces of fruit will there be in all?

pieces of fruit

Fruit in the Fruit Bowlapplespearsplums

Fru

it

0 1 2 3Number

4 5 6

Figures

Figures

Num

ber

6543210 circletrianglesquare

Figures

Figure Number

3

circle

triangle

square

Practice

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

PW60

Name Lesson 9.4

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C09_L4.indd Page 19 7/17/09 5:50:26 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C09_L4.indd Page 19 7/17/09 5:50:26 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch09/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C09_L4/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch09/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C09_L4

Page 69: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Strategy • Make a Bar Graph

Addie took a survey of her classmates’ favorite pets.8 classmates chose dogs, 4 chose cats, 6 chose fish,and 3 chose hamsters.

1. Complete the bar graph to show the information.Then write a title for the bar graph.

Use the bar graph to answer the question.

2. How many children did not choose dogs? children

Mixed Strategy PracticeMixed Strategy Practice

3. Sam has 27 dominoes. His friend Jake gives him 9 more. How many dominoes does Sam have now?

dominoes 4. The first number in a number

pattern is 12. A rule for the pattern is count by 3s. What is the fourth number in the pattern?

Choose a StrategyChoose a Strategy

• Find a Pattern• Draw a Picture• Make a Model

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Ani

mal

s

Number of Children

dogs

cats

fish

hamsters

Practice

Name Lesson 9.5

PW61

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C09_L5.indd Page 19 7/30/09 4:55:20 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C09_L5.indd Page 19 7/30/09 4:55:20 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch09/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C09_L5/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch09/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C09_L5

Page 70: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Pictographs

Use the pictograph to answer the questions.

1. How many children chose April?

children

2. Which month did the fewest children choose?

3. How many more children chose August than January?

more children

4. How many children voted altogether?

children

Problem Solving Problem Solving 5. Jamie surveyed his

classmates to find their favorite juice. Complete his pictograph to show this information.

4 chose apple.

8 chose grape.

10 chose orange.

Key: Each stands for 2 children.

Our Favorite Months

January

April

August

November

HINT: How many groups of 2 children chose

each month?

apple

grape

orange

Key: Each stands for 2 children.

Favorite Juice

10

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Practice

Name Lesson 9.6

PW62

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C09_L6.indd Page 19 7/17/09 5:50:52 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C09_L6.indd Page 19 7/17/09 5:50:52 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch09/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C09_L6/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch09/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C09_L6

Page 71: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Range and Mode

Use the line plot to answer the questions.

1. How many children have 3 markers?

children

2. How many children have 5 markers?

children

3. Write a number sentence to find the range of the data.

C C

4. What is the mode of the data?

The mode of the data is .

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

5. Karen’s class made a line plot of the number of pets each student has. How many students have more than 1 pet?

students

5 6 7 8 943

✗✗✗

✗ ✗ ✗✗

✗✗

✗✗✗

✗✗✗

Number of Markers

3 421

✗✗✗

✗✗

✗✗✗

✗✗✗

Number of Pets

Each x on the line plot stands for

one child.

3

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Practice

Name Lesson 9.7

PW63

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C09_L7.indd Page 1 7/17/09 5:51:06 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C09_L7.indd Page 1 7/17/09 5:51:06 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch09/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C09_L7/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch09/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C09_L7

Page 72: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Dimes, Nickels, and Pennies

Count coins to find the total value. 1.

, , , , ,

2.

, , , , ,

3.

, , , , ,

4.

, , , , ,

5. Draw two ways to make 15¢.

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

PW64 Practice

© H

arco

urt

Name Lesson 10.1

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C10_L1.indd Page 64 7/31/09 5:06:06 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C10_L1.indd Page 64 7/31/09 5:06:06 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch10/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C10_L1/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch10/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C10_L1

Page 73: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Half Dollars and QuartersCount coins to find the total value. 1.

, , , , ,

2.

, , , , ,

3.

, , , ,

4.

, , , ,

5. Sarah has some coins with a total value of 70¢. One coin is a half dollar. Draw the coins she may have.

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Name Lesson 10.2

PW65 Practice

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C10_L2.indd Page 65 7/17/09 5:51:41 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C10_L2.indd Page 65 7/17/09 5:51:41 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch10/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C10_L2/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch10/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C10_L2

Page 74: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Count Collections

Draw and label coins from greatest to least value. Write the total value.

1.

2.

3.

4. Circle the money amounts that are written correctly.Then write the other money amounts correctly.

73

2¢4

81¢

¢5

33

15¢

¢47

99¢

81¢

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

PW66 Practice

Name Lesson 10.3

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C10_L3.indd Page 66 7/17/09 5:51:53 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C10_L3.indd Page 66 7/17/09 5:51:53 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch10/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C10_L3/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch10/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C10_L3

Page 75: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Hands On: Make the Same AmountsUse coins. Show the value in two ways.

Draw and label each coin.

1.

2.

3.

4.

5. Mariel has three coins with a total value of 60¢. What coins could she have? Draw and label the coins.

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

PW67 Practice

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Name Lesson 10.4

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C10_L4.indd Page 19 7/17/09 5:52:06 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C10_L4.indd Page 19 7/17/09 5:52:06 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch10/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C10_L4/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch10/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C10_L4

Page 76: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Strategy •• Make a ListProblem Solving Strategy PracticeProblem Solving Strategy Practice

Make a list to solve.

1. Annie has 57¢. What are some different ways to show how much money she has using dimes, nickels, and pennies?

Dimes Nickels Pennies Total Value

Mixed Strategy PracticeMixed Strategy Practice

Choose a strategy to solve.

2. Dora is trading nickels for pennies. She trades 1 nickel for 5 pennies.She has 5 nickels. How many pennies should she get for 5 nickels?

number of nickels 1 2 3 4 5

number of pennies 5

pennies

3. Dean has 10 marbles. He gets 5 more.How many marbles does he have now?

marbles

5 1 2 57¢

Choose a Strategy

• Make a List

• Find a Pattern

• Draw a Picture

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

PW68 Practice

Name Lesson 10.5

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C10_L5.indd Page 19 7/17/09 5:52:25 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C10_L5.indd Page 19 7/17/09 5:52:25 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch10/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C10_L5/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch10/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C10_L5

Page 77: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Compare Amounts

Write the total value of each group.Then write >, <, or =. 1.

2.

3.

4. Sandra buys a rose for 1 half dollar and 1 dime. She buys a daisy for 2 quarters and 1 nickel. Circle the flower that costs more money.

rose daisy

42¢ > 32¢

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

rose daisy

PW69 Practice

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Name Lesson 11.1

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C11_L1.indd Page 19 7/31/09 2:07:08 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C11_L1.indd Page 19 7/31/09 2:07:08 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch11/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C11_L1/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch11/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C11_L1

Page 78: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Mixed Strategy PracticeMixed Strategy Practice

Strategy • Act It OutProblem Solving Strategy PracticeProblem Solving Strategy Practice

Use coins to act out a problem. Draw the coins. Write the total value. Then answer the question.

1. Donna has 1 quarter, 2 dimes, and 3 nickels. Does she have enough to buy the pen?

2. Jay has 1 half dollar and 2 nickels. Does he have enough to buy the toy duck?

Choose a strategy to solve.

3. Jill has 2 quarters, 2 dimes, and 2 nickels. She gets 3 more nickels. How much money does she have?

4. Nate has 1 quarter and 1 dime. He wants to change his coins for nickels. How many nickels should he get? nickels

pen

toy duck

Choose a Strategy

• Act It Out• Make a List• Draw a Picture

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

PW70 Practice

Name Lesson 11.2

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C11_L2.indd Page 19 7/31/09 2:08:59 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C11_L2.indd Page 19 7/31/09 2:08:59 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch11/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C11_L2/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch11/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C11_L2

Page 79: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Add and Subtract Money

Add or subtract to solve.

1. Teri has 42¢. Her mom gives her 19¢.

Now Teri has .

2. Noah has 75¢. He gives his brother 25¢.

Now Noah has .

3. Jen has 38¢. She finds 15¢.

Now Jen has .

4. Juan has 87¢. He spends 39¢.

Now Juan has .

5. Todd has 94¢. He buys some juice for 56¢.

Now Todd has .

6. Marie takes 22¢ from her coin bank. Now she has 49¢ left. How much money did she start with?

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

PW71 Practice

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Name Lesson 11.3

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C11_L3.indd Page 19 7/31/09 2:09:13 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C11_L3.indd Page 19 7/31/09 2:09:13 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch11/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C11_L3/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch11/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C11_L3

Page 80: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Mixed Strategy PracticeMixed Strategy Practice

Strategy • Predict and TestProblem Solving Strategy PracticeProblem Solving Strategy Practice

Make a prediction and check it to solve.

1. Dee has 68¢. Which two toys can she buy?

2. Terry has 91¢. Which two toys can he buy for exactly that amount?

3. Diego has 7 nickels and 15 dimes. How many coins does Diego have in all?

coins

4. Elsa has 32 pennies. Paul has 29 pennies. How many pennies do they have in all? pennies

52¢

lion19¢

39¢

elephant63¢

alligator giraffe

Choose a Strategy

• Predict and Test• Make a Model• Draw a Picture

Choose a strategy to solve.

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

PW72 Practice

Name Lesson 11.4

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C11_L4.indd Page 19 10/08/2009 20:13:16 elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C11_L4.indd Page 19 10/08/2009 20:13:16 elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch11/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C11_L4/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch11/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C11_L4

Page 81: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

One DollarCircle coins to make $1.00.Cross out the coins you do not use.

1.

2.

3.

4. Keisha has $1.00 in her bag.

She has 2 of one kind of coin.She has 1 of another kind of coin.Draw the coins she has.

PW73 Practice

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Name Lesson 11.5

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C11_L5.indd Page 19 8/9/09 2:44:27 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C11_L5.indd Page 19 8/9/09 2:44:27 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch11/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C11_L5/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch11/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C11_L5

Page 82: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

Make Change to $1.00

Count on from the price to find the change.

1. You have

You buy

, ,

Your change is .

2. You have

You buy

, ,

Your change is .

3. You have

You buy

, ,

Your change is .

4. You have

You buy

, ,

Your change is .

5. Meg buys a pencil for 60¢. She pays

with 3 coins and gets 15¢ change. Draw the 3 coins Meg used to buy the pencil.

38¢pencil

notepad

53¢

centimeters

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

ruler

70¢

85¢ 90¢ $1.00

16¢

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

chalk84¢

PracticePW74

Name Lesson 11.6

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C11_L6.indd Page 19 10/08/2009 20:13:40 elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C11_L6.indd Page 19 10/08/2009 20:13:40 elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch11/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C11_L6/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch11/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C11_L6

Page 83: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Identify Solid Figures

Circle the objects that have the same shape.Cross out the objects that do not belong.Name the solid figures you circled.

1.

2.

3.

4.

5. Jane drew a solid figure. It is not a cube.It is not a cylinder. Circle the figure Jane drew.

sphererectangular

prism pyramid cylinder cube cone

13 2

Use the solid figures to help you remember.

cube

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

PW75 Practice

Name Lesson 12.1

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C12_L1.indd Page 89 7/30/09 4:30:12 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C12_L1.indd Page 89 7/30/09 4:30:12 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch12/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C12_L1/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch12/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C12_L1

Page 84: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Hands On: Sort Solid Figures

Write yes or no to tell about the surfaces of each object.

Objectfl at

surfacescurved

surfaces

both fl at and curved

surfaces

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

Find the figure that answers the riddle. Then write the name of the figure.

7. I have only a curved surface. Circle me. Which shape am I ?

8. I have only flat surfaces. Draw an X through me. Which shape am I?

13 2

no noyes

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

PW76 Practice

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Name Lesson 14.2Name Lesson 12.2

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C12_L2.indd Page 90 7/30/09 4:35:39 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C12_L2.indd Page 90 7/30/09 4:35:39 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch12/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C12_L2/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch12/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C12_L2

Page 85: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Hands On: Attributes of Solid FiguresUse solid figures. Complete the table. Write how many.

solid fi gure

1. 2. 3. 4.

faces

edges

vertices

5. Wen has two different solid figures. Each solid figure has the same number of edges. What solids does Wen have?

6. Clark has 2 solid figures. His figures have 10 faces in all. What solids does Clark have?

rectangular prism

cubepyramid

rectangularprism

face

edge

vertex

6

12

8

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

PW77 Practice

Name Lesson 12.3

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C12_L3.indd Page 91 7/16/09 11:56:20 PM epgMXECA09AWK2X_PH_C12_L3.indd Page 91 7/16/09 11:56:20 PM epg /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch12/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C12_L3/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch12/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C12_L3

Page 86: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Hands On: Make Plane Shapesfrom Solid FiguresUse solid figures.Circle the solid figure the faces make.

1.

pyramid cube cylinder

2.

rectangular cone cubeprism

3.

pyramid sphere cube

4.

rectangular pyramid cubeprism

Circle the solid figure that this will make if you fold it and tape it together.

5.

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Name Lesson 14.5Name Lesson 12.4

PW78 Practice

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C12_L4.indd Page 93 7/16/09 11:56:01 PM epgMXECA09AWK2X_PH_C12_L4.indd Page 93 7/16/09 11:56:01 PM epg /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch12/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C12_L4/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch12/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C12_L4

Page 87: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Strategy • Make a Table

Problem Solving Strategy PracticeProblem Solving Strategy Practice

Name and complete the table. Then add to solve.

1. Tasha is making three pyramids. How many triangles does she need to make these three figures?

Tasha needs triangles.

2. Andy is making three cubes. How many squares does he need to make these three figures?

Andy needs squares.

Mixed Strategy PracticeMixed Strategy PracticeChoose a strategy to solve.

3. Juanita wants to make five cylinders. How many circles will she need to make these five solid figures?

Juanita will need circles.

Choose a Strategy

• Make a Table

• Draw a Picture

• Make a List

PW79 Practice

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Name Lesson 12.5

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C12_L5.indd Page 90 7/16/09 11:56:11 PM epgMXECA09AWK2X_PH_C12_L5.indd Page 90 7/16/09 11:56:11 PM epg /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch12/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C12_L5/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch12/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C12_L5

Page 88: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Identify Plane Figures

Color the figures. triangle square circle rectangle

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

9. 10.

— rectangles

Trace the figures. Write how many.

1. Color the rectangles gray.

2. Color the triangles red.

3. Color the circles green.

4. Color the squares yellow.

5. Color the triangles orange.

6. Color the squares pink.

7. Color the rectangles purple.

8. Color the circles brown.

— triangles

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Practice

Name Lesson 13.1

PW80

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C13_L1.indd Page 1 7/31/09 2:14:07 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C13_L1.indd Page 1 7/31/09 2:14:07 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch13/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C13_L1/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch13/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C13_L1

Page 89: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Sort Plane FiguresWrite a title to describe each group of plane figures.

1. 2.

3. 4.

Write true or false for each sentence.

5. A rectangle has fewer than 4 vertices.

6. A square has 4 sides and 4 vertices.

7. A triangle has more than 2 vertices.

8. A rectangle has 3 sides and 4 vertices.

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

PracticePW81

Name Lesson 13.2

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C13_L2.indd Page 19 8/1/09 2:50:35 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C13_L2.indd Page 19 8/1/09 2:50:35 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch13/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C13_L2/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch13/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C13_L2

Page 90: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Combine Plane Figures

Use pattern blocks. Combine sides of figures tomake a new figure. Trace the new figure.

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. Circle a figure you can make using , , and .

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Name Lesson 13.3

PracticePW82

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C13_L3.indd Page 19 7/31/09 2:19:40 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C13_L3.indd Page 19 7/31/09 2:19:40 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch13/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C13_L3/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch13/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C13_L3

Page 91: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Separate Plane Figures

Use paper figures. Fold to make three new figures.Cut along the folds. Trace the new figures. 1.

2.

3.

4.

5. Jeff wants to make a plane figure. He uses 2 colors of pattern blocks. Draw and color a figure that Jeff could make.

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Name Lesson 13.4

PracticePW83

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C13_L4.indd Page 19 7/31/09 2:20:11 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C13_L4.indd Page 19 7/31/09 2:20:11 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch13/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C13_L4/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch13/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C13_L4

Page 92: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Problem Solving Strategy: Use Logical Reasoning

Use logical reasoning to solve.Cross out the figures that do not fit the information.Circle the figure that answers the question.

1. I am a plane figure. I have 3 vertices.Which figure am I?

2. I am a plane figure. I have more than 3 sides. I have fewer than 5 vertices. Which figure am I?

Mixed Strategy PracticeMixed Strategy PracticeChoose a strategy to solve.

3. Sheila has 2 quarters and 1 dime. Her sister gives her 3 nickels and a penny. How much money does Sheila have now?

¢ 4. Doris has 3 pennies and 5

nickels. Her sister gives her some quarters. Now she has 12 coins in all. How many quarters did her sister give her?

quarters

Choose a StrategyChoose a Strategy• Use Logical Reasoning• Draw a Picture• Act it Out

Practice

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Name Lesson 13.5

PW84

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C13_L5.indd Page 19 7/31/09 2:56:40 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C13_L5.indd Page 19 7/31/09 2:56:40 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch13/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C13_L5/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch13/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C13_L5

Page 93: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Congruent FiguresDraw a figure congruent to the figure shown. 1. 2.

3. 4.

5. Cross out the figures that are not congruent to the gray figure.

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

Practice

Name Lesson 13.6

PW85

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C13_L6.indd Page 19 7/31/09 2:22:01 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C13_L6.indd Page 19 7/31/09 2:22:01 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch13/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C13_L6/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch13/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C13_L6

Page 94: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

7. Randy and three friends want to share a sandwich equally. Draw lines to show how the sandwich should be divided.

Equal Parts

Write how many equal parts. Then write if these parts are halves,

thirds, or fourths.

1.

equal parts

2.

equal parts

3.

equal parts

4. Which shapes are divided into halves? Color them red.

5. Which shapes are divided into fourths? Color them yellow.

6. Which shapes are not divided into equal parts? Draw an X on them.

3 thirds

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

PW86

Name Lesson 14.1

Practice

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C14_L1.indd Page 19 7/31/09 2:26:50 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C14_L1.indd Page 19 7/31/09 2:26:50 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch14/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C14_L1 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch14/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C14_L1

Page 95: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Unit Fractions

Write how many equal parts there are.Write the fraction that names the shaded part.

1.

equal parts

of the whole is shaded

2.

equal parts

of the whole is shaded

Color one part green.Write the fraction that names the green part.

3. 4. 5.

6. 7. 8.

9. Cassie is making a quilt.

She colors 1 _ 4 of the quilt

gray. Circle the picture

that could be her quilt.

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

1

6

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Name Lesson 14.2

PW87 Practice

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C14_L2.indd Page 19 7/17/09 5:38:01 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C14_L2.indd Page 19 7/17/09 5:38:01 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch14/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C14_L2/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch14/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C14_L2

Page 96: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

Compare Unit Fractions

Color the fraction strips to show the fractions.Compare. Circle the greater fraction.

1. 1 _ 6

1 _ 3

2. 1 ___

10

1 _ 2

3. 1 _ 4

1 ___

12

4. 1 _ 8

1 _ 3

5. Maria has a slice of pizza that is 1 _ 6 of the pizza. Ben has a slice of pizza that is 1 _ 3 of the pizza. Maria’s slice is bigger. Draw pizzas to show how this is possible.

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Name Lesson 14.3

PW88 Practice

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C14_L3.indd Page 19 7/17/09 5:38:19 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C14_L3.indd Page 19 7/17/09 5:38:19 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch14/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C14_L3/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch14/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C14_L3

Page 97: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Problem Solving Strategy: Make a Model

Shade to make a model. Then solve.

1. Two banners are the same size. Mae paints 1 _ 4 of one banner. Sally paints 1 _ 6 of the other. Who paints more banner?

2. Two apples are the same size. Pauline eats 1 _ 4 of one apple. Margie eats 1 _ 3 of the other. Who eats more apple?

3. Two sandwiches are the same size. Bo eats 1 _ 4 of one sandwich. Kate eats 1 _ 2 of the other. Who eats more sandwich?

4. Two hot dogs are the same size. Amy eats 1 _ 3 of one hot dog. Jane eats 1 _ 6 of the other. Who eats more hot dog?

banner

apple

sandwich

hot dog

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Name Lesson 14.4

PW89 Practice

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C14_L4.indd Page 19 10/08/2009 20:15:03 elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C14_L4.indd Page 19 10/08/2009 20:15:03 elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch14/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C14_L4/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch14/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C14_L4

Page 98: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Color the pictures to solve.

10. Jack colored 2 _ 3 of his poster.Marin wants to color the same amount of her poster. How many parts of her poster should Marin color?

parts

Other Fractions

Write the fraction for the shaded part of the whole.

1. 2. 3.

Color to show the fraction.

4. 4 _ 8 5. 2 _ 6 6. 3 _ 4

7. 2 _ 3 8. 1 _ 2 9. 7 __ 10

b

_

b

b

_

b

Jack’s

poster

Marin’s

poster

b

_

b

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Name Lesson 14.5

PW90 Practice

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C14_L5.indd Page 19 7/17/09 5:38:45 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C14_L5.indd Page 19 7/17/09 5:38:45 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch14/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C14_L5 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch14/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C14_L5

Page 99: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Fractions Equal to 1

Count the equal parts. Write a fraction for the whole.

1.

= 1 whole

2.

= 1 whole

Write a fraction for the shaded part.

3. 4.

5. 6.

7. Trent made 2 pizzas that are the same size.He cut one pizza into 3 equal parts. He cutthe other pizza into 8 equal parts. Write a fraction for each whole pizza.

b

_

b

b

_

b

b

_

b

b

_

b

b

_

b

b

_

b

b

_

b

b

_

b

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Name Lesson 14.6

PW91 Practice

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C14_L6.indd Page PW91 8/13/09 12:14:50 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C14_L6.indd Page PW91 8/13/09 12:14:50 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch14/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C14_L6/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch14/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C14_L6

Page 100: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

5. Ellie has 3 muffins that are the same size. She divides each muffin into fourths. What fraction names the amountof muffin she has in all?

Fractions Greater Than 1

Write the fraction.

1. There are 7 children. Each child has 1 _ 4 of a waffle. What fraction names the amount of waffle the children have in all?

2. There are 7 children. Each child has 1 _ 6 of a pizza. What fraction names the amount of pizza the children havein all?

3. There are 5 children. Each child has 1 _ 3 of an apple. What fraction names the amount of apple the children have in all?

4. There are 9 children. Each child has 1 _ 6 of a melon. What fraction names the amount of melon the children have in all?

b

_

b

b

_

b

b

_

b

b

_

b

b

_

b

7

4

14

14

14

14

14

14

14

1

3

13

1

31

3

1

3

1

6

1

6 1

6

1

6

1

6

1

6

1

6

1

6

1

6

16

16

16

16

16

16

16

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Practice

Name Lesson 14.7

PW92

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C14_L7.indd Page 19 8/13/09 12:33:08 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C14_L7.indd Page 19 8/13/09 12:33:08 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch14/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C14_L7 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch14/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C14_L7

Page 101: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Equal Parts of a Group

Circle to show equal parts. Then write if the gray part is one half, third, or fourth of the group.

1. 2 equal parts

One of the group is gray.

2. 3 equal parts

One of the group is gray.

3. 4 equal parts

One of the group is gray.

4. 2 equal parts

One of the group is gray.

5. Cleo has 8 flowers. One fourth of her flowers are blue. Draw Cleo’s flowers.

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

half

© H

arco

urt

Name Lesson 15.1

PW93 Practice

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C15_L1.indd Page 19 7/30/09 4:10:08 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C15_L1.indd Page 19 7/30/09 4:10:08 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch15/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C15_L1/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch15/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C15_L1

Page 102: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

7. Some marbles are in a sack. 1 _ 8 of the marbles are green. Draw a picture to show the marbles in the sack.

Unit Fractions of a Group

Circle to show equal parts. Color to show the fraction.

1. 2 equal parts

2. 3 equal parts

3. 5 equal parts

4. 4 equal parts

5. 6 equal parts

6. 12 equal parts

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

1

_ 3

1

_ 4

1

_ 6

1

_ 5

1 ___ 12

1

_ 2

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

PW94 Practice

Name Lesson 15.2

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C15_L2.indd Page 19 7/31/09 3:07:30 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C15_L2.indd Page 19 7/31/09 3:07:30 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch15/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C15_L2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch15/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C15_L2

Page 103: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Other Fractions of a Group

What fraction of the group are gray?What fraction of the group are black?

1.

_

of the group are gray.

_

of the group are black.

2.

_

of the group are gray.

_

of the group are black.

3.

_

of the group are gray.

_

of the group are black.

4. Lydia has 4 green buttons, 4 red buttons, and 4 blue buttons. What fraction of her buttons are green?

of the buttons are green.

5. Mark has 2 blue blocks, 2 red blocks, 2 green blocks and 2 white blocks. What fraction of his blocks are not blue?

of the blocks are not blue.

2

3

_

_

Problem Solving Draw a picture to solve, if you need to.

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

PW95 Practice

Name Lesson 15.3

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C15_L3.indd Page 19 7/30/09 4:10:28 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C15_L3.indd Page 19 7/30/09 4:10:28 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch15/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C15_L3/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch15/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C15_L3

Page 104: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Shade the squares to make a model. Write is greater than or is less than.

Problem Solving Strategy: Make a Model

1. Greg and Jeff each have 5 hats. 2 _ 5 of Greg’s hats are gray. 4 _ 5 of Jeff’s hats are gray. Who has more gray hats? 2_

54_5 .

has more gray hats. 2. Lucy and Alix each have

6 ribbons. 3 _ 6 of Lucy’s ribbons are pink. 2 _ 6 of Alix’s ribbons are pink. Who has more pink ribbons? 3_

62_6 .

has more pink ribbons. 3. Cam and Bo each have 8

crayons. 5 _ 8 of Cam’s crayons are red. 6 _ 8 of Bo’s crayons are red. Who has morered crayons?

5_8

6_8 .

has more red crayons.

4. Roy and Liz each have 5 grapes. 4 _ 5 of Roy’s grapes are green. 3 _ 5 of Liz’s grapes are green. Who has more green grapes?

4 _ 5

3 _ 5

.

has more green grapes.

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

is less than

Jeff

PW96 Practice

Name Lesson 15.4

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C15_L4.indd Page 19 7/30/09 4:11:02 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C15_L4.indd Page 19 7/30/09 4:11:02 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch15/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C15_L4/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch15/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C15_L4

Page 105: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

HundredsWrite how many hundreds. Then writehow many tens. Write the number.

REMEMBER:

1 hundred � 10 tens

4 — hundreds � 40 — tens

400 —

— hundreds � — tens

— hundreds � — tens

— hundreds � — tens

— hundreds � — tens

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

6. Luis has 600 cubes. He wants to make sticks of 10 cubes. How many can he make?

— sticks of 10 cubes

7. Nava has 30 sticks of 10 cubes. How many cubes does she have in all?

— cubes

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Name Lesson 16.1

PW97 Practice

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C16_L1.indd Page 19 7/17/09 5:53:02 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C16_L1.indd Page 19 7/17/09 5:53:02 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch16/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C16_L1/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch16/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C16_L1

Page 106: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

5. I have 8 ones, 3 tens, and 1 hundred. What number am I?

6. I have 6 ones, 1 ten, and 4 hundreds. What number am I?

Hundreds, Tens, and OnesWrite how many hundreds, tens, and ones. Then write the number.

1.

236 —

2.

3.

4.

hundreds tens ones

2 3 6

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

hundreds tens ones

hundreds tens ones

hundreds tens ones

Name Lesson 16.2

PW98 Practice

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C16_L2.indd Page 19 7/17/09 6:09:59 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C16_L2.indd Page 19 7/17/09 6:09:59 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch16/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C16_L2/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch16/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C16_L2

Page 107: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Understand Place Value

Circle the value of the gray digit.

2. 617426

400 40 4 1 10 100

256

2 20 200

795

900 90 9

518

8 80 800

536

300 30 3

417

4 40 400

120

200 20 2

803

800 80 8

689

9 90 900

380

300 30 3

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

12. Dinah is making a Venn diagram.Where should she write the othernumbers in the diagram?

Numbers with a

3 in the Ones Place

Numbers with a

6 in the Hundreds Place

153

153649673783613602

1.

3. 4. 5.

6. 7. 8.

9. 10. 11.

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Name Lesson 16.3

PW99 Practice

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C16_L3.indd Page PW99 7/17/09 5:54:27 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C16_L3.indd Page PW99 7/17/09 5:54:27 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch16/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C16_L3/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch16/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C16_L3

Page 108: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Read and Write 3-Digit Numbers

Read the number. Write the number in different ways.

1.

2.

3. nine hundred sixty-one

5. 600 � 70 � 5

three hundred fifty-six

3 — hundreds 5 — tens 6 — ones

300 — � 50 — � 6 —

356 —

five hundred twenty-nine

— hundreds — tens — ones

— � — � —

Write the number another way.

4. 581

6. 4 hundreds 9 tens 0 ones

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

7. Chloe has all of these blocks.Circle blocks that she could useto show four hundred seventeen. ©

Har

cour

t

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Name Lesson 16.4

PW100 Practice

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C16_L4.indd Page 19 7/17/09 5:56:05 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C16_L4.indd Page 19 7/17/09 5:56:05 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch16/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C16_L4/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch16/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C16_L4

Page 109: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Different Ways to Show Numbers

Use .Write how many hundreds, tens, and ones.

1. 325

3 — hundreds 1 — tens 15 — ones — hundreds — tens — ones

2. 413

— hundreds — tens — ones — hundreds — tens — ones

3. 562

— hundreds — tens — ones — hundreds — tens — ones

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

4. How many tens are needed to show 160? Circle them.

— tens

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Name Lesson 16.5

PW101 Practice

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C16_L5.indd Page 19 7/17/09 5:55:13 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C16_L5.indd Page 19 7/17/09 5:55:13 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch16/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C16_L5/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch16/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C16_L5

Page 110: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Skill • Make Reasonable EstimatesCircle the better estimate.

1. Each one of Matt’s brothers and sisters is wearing 2 socks. About how many socks might they be wearing in all?

about 10 socks

about 100 socks

2. Eliza carries some books to the library. About how many books might she be carrying?

about 6 books

about 60 books

3. There are 5 second grade classes in Rajae’s school. About how many children might be in second grade?

about 1,000 children

about 100 children

4. Diana puts some oranges into a bag. About how many oranges might she put into the bag?

about 8 oranges

about 80 oranges

5. Trent fills a jar with pennies. About how many pennies might be in the jar?

about 30 pennies

about 300 pennies

sock

book

children

orange

penny

PW102 Practice

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Name Lesson 16.6

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C16_L6.indd Page 1 7/17/09 5:55:47 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C16_L6.indd Page 1 7/17/09 5:55:47 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch16/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C16_L6/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch16/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C16_L6

Page 111: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Count Bills and CoinsCount on. Write the amount.

1. Julio has 3 quarters, 1 nickel, and 1 penny. How much money does he have?

2. Van has 3 dollar bills, 3 dimes, and 2 pennies. How much money does he have?

3. Cassandra has 2 dollar bills, 2 quarters, and 1 dime. How much money does she have?

REMEMBER:Use a dollar sign ($) and a decimal point (.) to write

money amounts.

HINT:If there are no dollars, write 0.

2.97$ $1.82

¢63 30¢

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

4. Jim made these price tags. Cross out the prices that have the $ or the ¢ in the wrong place.

$0.81

Practice

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Name Lesson 16.7

PW103

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C16_L7.indd Page 1 7/17/09 5:56:33 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C16_L7.indd Page 1 7/17/09 5:56:33 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch16/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C16_L7/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch16/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C16_L7

Page 112: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Strategy • Make a Model

Use bills and coins to make a model.

1. Raji has 2 dollar bills, 1 quarter, 3 dimes, and 1 nickel. He wants to buy a ball that costs $1.35.

Draw two ways that he can pay the exact amount.

2. Dakota has 2 dollar bills, 4 quarters, 2 dimes, and 1 nickel. She wants to buy a card that costs $2.75.

Draw two ways she can pay the exact amount.

3. Kiran has 3 dollar bills, 1 quarter, 4 dimes, and 2 nickels. She wants to buy a kite that costs $3.50.

Draw two ways that she can pay the exact amount.

ball

card

kite

PW104 Practice

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Name Lesson 16.8

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C16_L8.indd Page 1 7/17/09 5:56:46 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C16_L8.indd Page 1 7/17/09 5:56:46 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch16/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C16_L8/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch16/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C16_L8

Page 113: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Algebra: Compare Numbers: >, <, or =

Write is greater than, is less than,

or is equal to. Then write �, �, or �.

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

222 —

321.

222 C < 321 143 C 143

331 —

131.

331 C 131

205 —

210.

205 C 210

216 —

216.

216 C 216

140 —

137.

140 C 137

143 —

143.

REMEMBER:

Compare the hundreds first.

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

7. There are 700 red flowers and 600 yellow flowers in the garden.Show how to compare the number of red and yellow flowers.

— C —

is less than

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

PracticePW105

Name Lesson 17.1

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C17_L1.indd Page 19 7/17/09 6:13:32 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C17_L1.indd Page 19 7/17/09 6:13:32 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch17/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C17_L1/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch17/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C17_L1

Page 114: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

13.

14.

Use Place Value to Compare Numbers

Compare. Write �, �, or �.

1.

873 C < 875

2.

426 C 526

3.

730 C 703

4.

298 C 298

5.

615 C 516

6.

304 C 334

7.

319 C 991

8.

431 C 432

9.

818 C 818

10.

793 C 739

11.

168 C 168

12.

329 C 239

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

Look at the pattern of shaded numbers. Use place value to describe how the numbers change.

PW106 Practice

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Name Lesson 17.2

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C17_L2.indd Page 19 7/17/09 5:58:01 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C17_L2.indd Page 19 7/17/09 5:58:01 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch17/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C17_L2/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch17/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C17_L2

Page 115: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Compare Money Amounts

Write each amount.Then write who has the greater amount.

1.

$1.20

Skip’s money Who has the greater amount?

2. Tracy’s money Who has the greater amount?

3. Quiana’s money Who has the greater amount?

4. Dylan has 1 dollar bill, 2 dimes, and 2 pennies. Beata has 5 quarters. Katie has 1 dollar bill and 4 nickels. Who has the least amount of money?

Leah’s money

Chuck’s money

C.J.’s money

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Name Lesson 17.3

PW107 Practice

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C17_L3.indd Page 19 10/08/2009 20:17:19 elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C17_L3.indd Page 19 10/08/2009 20:17:19 elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch17/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C17_L3/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch17/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C17_L3

Page 116: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Order Numbers

Compare the numbers. Write them in the correct order. Then write� or �.

Name Lesson 17.4

1.

2.

— C — C —greatestleast

Write the numbers in the correct order.Then write � or � .

3. 166 351 407

— C — C —

5. 873 972 274

— C — C —

4. 740 760 750

— C — C —

6. 552 255 525

— C — C —

greatest least

greatest least least greatest

— C < — C < —greatestleast

303 313 315

7. Write a number in the boxthat will make this true.

141 � b � 146

8. Write a number in the boxthat will make this true.

879 � b � 901

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

least greatest

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

PracticePW108

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C17_L4.indd Page 19 7/17/09 5:58:30 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C17_L4.indd Page 19 7/17/09 5:58:30 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch17/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C17_L4/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch17/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C17_L4

Page 117: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

3. Of which flower are there the fewest in the garden?

— — —

4. Of which flower are there the most in the garden?

— — —

Skill • Read a Table

Use the table to answer the questions.

1. Compare. Are there more tulips or sunflowers in the garden?

396 — C > 349 —

There are more tulips —

in the garden.

2. Compare. Are there fewer daisies or roses in thegarden?

— C —

There are fewer — in the garden.

roses

daisies

sunflowers

tulips

lilies

412

418

349

396

420

5. Look at the number of lilies, tulips, and daisies. Write these numbers in order from greatest to least.

— C — C —

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

PracticePW109

Name Lesson 17.5

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C17_L5.indd Page 19 7/17/09 5:59:04 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C17_L5.indd Page 19 7/17/09 5:59:04 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch17/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C17_L5/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch17/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C17_L5

Page 118: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

13. There are 162 books about cats in the library. There are 462 books about dogs in the library. How many more books about dogs than books about cats are in the library?

more books about dogs

Mental Math: Add On Multiples of 100

Count on to add.

1. 432 � 300 � 2. 345 � 200 �

3. 218 � 500 � 4. 159 � 300 �

5. 439 � 200 � 6. 298 � 400 �

7. 371 � 300 � 8. 534 � 100 �

9. 659 � 200 � 10. 240 � 400 �

11. 175 � 300 � 12. 499 � 500 �

732

book

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Name Lesson 18.1

PW110 Practice

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C18_L1.indd Page 19 7/17/09 5:41:42 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C18_L1.indd Page 19 7/17/09 5:41:42 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch18/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C18_L1/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch18/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C18_L1

Page 119: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

10. Circle the pairs of addends that you would regroup ones when you add.

119 485 348 236 326 133 332 751 526 284

Model 3-Digit Addition: Regroup Ones

Use workmat 5 and . Add.1. 2. 3.

4. 5. 6.

7. 8. 9.

B 5 1 6

� 3 4 8

___

B 3 1 9

� 4 2 3

___

B 3 4 8

� 6 4 1

___

B 4 6 5

� 1 1 7

___

B 6 2 7

� 2 5 9

___

B

1 5 2 4

� 1 3 7

___

6 6 1

Hundreds Tens Ones Hundreds Tens Ones Hundreds Tens Ones

Hundreds Tens Ones Hundreds Tens Ones Hundreds Tens Ones

B 5 4 6

� 3 4 9

___

B 2 4 9

� 5 3 4

___

B 3 5 4

� 1 3 2

___

Hundreds Tens Ones Hundreds Tens Ones Hundreds Tens Ones

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Name Lesson 18.2

PW111 Practice

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C18_L2.indd Page 19 7/17/09 5:41:54 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C18_L2.indd Page 19 7/17/09 5:41:54 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch18/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C18_L2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch18/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C18_L2

Page 120: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

Model 3-Digit Addition: Regroup Tens

Use workmat 5 and . Add.

1. 2. 3.

4. 5. 6.

7. 8. 9.

B

1 B 4 9 3

� 2 7 6

___

7 6 9

Hundreds Tens Ones

B B

1 6 5

� 5 4 3

___

Hundreds Tens Ones

B B

5 8 4

� 3 5 2

___

Hundreds Tens Ones

B B

1 6 7

� 3 7 4

___

Hundreds Tens Ones

B B

5 7 2

� 2 6 3

___

Hundreds Tens Ones

B B

6 3 1

� 1 7 5

___

Hundreds Tens Ones

B B

3 3 5

� 4 9 6

___

Hundreds Tens Ones

B B

1 2 4

� 2 8 1

___

Hundreds Tens Ones

B

B 2 6 3

� 4 9 5

___

Hundreds Tens Ones

B

1 B

1 1 5 8

� 3 7 1

___

5 3 9

Hundreds Tens Ones

B

1 B

4 5 2

� 2 9 6

___

7 4 8

Hundreds Tens Ones

B

B

1 2 8 9

� 3 5 3

___

5 4 2

Hundreds Tens Ones

10. Circle the problem that was solved correctly.

Use Workmat 5 and if you need to.

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Name Lesson 18.3

PW112 Practice

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C18_L3.indd Page PW112 7/17/09 5:42:05 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C18_L3.indd Page PW112 7/17/09 5:42:05 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch18/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C18_L3/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch18/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C18_L3

Page 121: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Practice 3-Digit Addition

Add.

1

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

17. Chandra has 146 bear stickers. Daniela has double that many stickers. How manybear stickers do they have in all?

bear stickers

2.

641 � 78

_

1. 218

� 325

_

543

11.

532 � 235

_

3.

278 � 15

_

8.

374 � 27

_

5.

856 � 8

_

10.

608 � 82

_

9.

872 � 36

_

12.

795 � 67

_

15.

817 � 4

_

13.

289 � 55

_

16.

541 � 59

_

4.

492 � 347

_

6.

318 � 429

_

7.

1 95 � 513

_

14.

377 � 142

_

bear sticker

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

PracticePW113

Name Lesson 18.4

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C18_L4.indd Page 1 7/17/09 5:42:18 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C18_L4.indd Page 1 7/17/09 5:42:18 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch18/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C18_L4 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch18/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C18_L4

Page 122: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

Estimate Sums

Estimate. Then add.

1. 230

� 380

_

2. 320

� 390

_

3. 280

� 220

_

4. 310

� 290

_

5. 370

� 390

_

6. 270

� 320

_

7. 210

� 370

_

8. 330

� 230

_

9. 380

� 290

_

200 210 230 250 270 290 310 330 350 370 390220 240 260 280 300 320 340 380 400360

346 221 395

283368

200

400

600

� � �

���

� �

10. Betsy chose two of these numbers to add together. She estimated the sum to be about 500. Write two numbers that she might have chosen.

and

610

1

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

PW114 Practice

Name Lesson 18.5

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C18_L5.indd Page PW114 7/17/09 5:42:30 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C18_L5.indd Page PW114 7/17/09 5:42:30 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch18/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C18_L5/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch18/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C18_L5

Page 123: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Skill • Too Much InformationCircle the information you need. Draw a line through the information you do not need. Solve.

1. There are 54 snow monkeys in the zoo. There are 38 lions and 79 gibbon monkeys in the zoo. How many monkeys are in the zoo?

54 + 79

_

133

133 monkeys

2. There are 129 small dolphin toys and 145 large dolphin toys in a toy store. There are 112 small tiger toys. How many dolphin toys are in the store?

dolphin toys

3. There are 156 sheep sleeping in the meadow. There are 118 sheep playing and 135 sheep eating. How many sheep are sleeping or eating?

sheep

4. A zoo worker feeds 92 seals on Monday. She feeds 85 sea lions and 38 otters on Tuesday. How many animals does she feed on Tuesday?

animals

1

snow monkey

dolphin toy

sheep

seal

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Name Lesson 18.6

PW115 Practice

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C18_L6.indd Page 19 10/08/2009 20:18:01 elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C18_L6.indd Page 19 10/08/2009 20:18:01 elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch18/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C18_L6/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch18/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C18_L6

Page 124: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Mental Math: Subtract Multiples of 100

Count back to subtract.

1. 583 � 300 � 283 —

3. 719 � 200 � —

5. 528 � 400 � —

7. 460 � 200 � —

9. 932 � 500 � —

11. 583 � 300 � —

13. 309 � 200 � —

2. 821 � 400 � —

4. 394 � 200 � —

6. 672 � 300 � —

8. 809 � 500 � —

10. 629 � 200 � —

12. 744 � 400 � —

14. 486 � 400 � —

THINK: How many hundredsshould you count back?

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

15. Sari has 441 photographs. She gives someof the photographs to her sister. Now shehas 141 photographs. How manyphotographs does Sari give to her sister?

— photographs

photograph

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

PW116 Practice

Name Lesson 19.1

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C19_L1.indd Page 19 7/17/09 1:27:59 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C19_L1.indd Page 19 7/17/09 1:27:59 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch19/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C19_L1/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch19/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C19_L1

Page 125: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Hands On: Model 3-Digit Subtraction:Regroup Tens

Use workmat 5 and . Subtract.1. 2. 3.

4. 5. 6.

7. 8. 9.

Hundreds Tens OnesHundreds Tens Ones

Problem SolvingProblem Solving10. Jill has some blue marbles and some red

marbles. She has 139 red marbles. Shehas 284 marbles in all. Does she have more blue marbles or red marbles?

marble

Hundreds Tens Ones

Hundreds Tens Ones Hundreds Tens Ones

Hundreds Tens Ones Hundreds Tens Ones

Hundreds Tens Ones

Hundreds Tens Ones

B B B

7

9

3

� 5 6 7 ___

B B B

5

9

1

� 3 2 4 ___

B B B

9

4

5

� 4 2 8 ___

B B B

8

5

9

� 7 3 5 ___

B B B

3

9

2

� 1 4 6 ___

B B B

4

5

4

� 2 1 7 ___

B B B

8

8

2

� 4 3 5 ___

B B B

5

4

8

� 2 2 9 ___

2 4 7

B B B

4

8

2

� 2 3 5 ___

7 12

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

PW117 Practice

Name Lesson 19.2

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C19_L2.indd Page 1 7/17/09 1:28:05 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C19_L2.indd Page 1 7/17/09 1:28:05 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch19/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C19_L2/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch19/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C19_L2

Page 126: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Hundreds Tens Ones

Use workmat 5 and . Subtract.1. 2. 3.

4. 5. 6.

7. 8. 9.

B 4 B 13 B

/

5 /

3 6

� 1 8 4

___

3 5 2

Hands On: Model 3-Digit Subtraction:Regroup Hundreds

Hundreds Tens Ones

Hundreds Tens OnesHundreds Tens Ones

Hundreds Tens Ones

Hundreds Tens Ones

Hundreds Tens Ones

Hundreds Tens Ones

Hundreds Tens Ones

B B B

7

7

4

� 2 8 1

___

B B B

8

4

9

� 4 7 7

___

B B B

9

5

8

� 6 9 7

___

B B B

5

4

7

� 2 6 2

___

B B B

9

8

6

� 7 9 5

___

B B B

8

1

5

� 6 4 3

___

B B B

6

6

3

� 3 7 1

___

B B B

8

2

5

� 1 3 2

___

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

PW118 Practice

Name Lesson 19.3

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C19_L3.indd Page 1 7/17/09 1:27:31 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C19_L3.indd Page 1 7/17/09 1:27:31 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch19/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C19_L3/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch19/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C19_L3

Page 127: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Practice 3-Digit Subtraction

Subtract.

1. 2. 529 � 36

_

3. 315

� 183

__

4. 872 � 644

_

5. 944 � 36

_

6. 725

� 153

__

7. 293 � 8

_

8. 567 � 259

_

9. 683 � 51

__

10. 417 � 283

_

11. 359 � 27

_

12. 495 � 68

_

13. 456 � 172

__

14. 339 � 42

_

15. 972 � 448

_

16. 784 � 559

_

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

17. There are 257 people on a train. At thefirst stop, 134 people get off the train.At the second stop, 46 people get offthe train. How many people do not getoff the train at the first or second stop?

peopletrain

754 �218

_

53 6

4 1 4

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Practice

Name Lesson 19.4

PW119

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C19_L4.indd Page PW119 7/17/09 1:27:43 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C19_L4.indd Page PW119 7/17/09 1:27:43 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch19/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C19_L4/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch19/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C19_L4

Page 128: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Add and Subtract Money

Add or subtract to solve.

1. Maria has 3 dollar bills and 1 quarter. She spends $1.35.

Now Maria has $1.90 — .

2. Jana has $5.37. Her sister gives her 3 quarters.

Now Jana has — .

3. Brett has 2 dollar bills, one quarter, and 2 dimes. He borrows 55¢ from Tim.

Now Brett has — .

4. Darla has 4 dollars and 3 dimes. She spends $1.12.

Now Darla has — .

$ 3 2

/ . 2 12

/ 5 - $ 1.3 5

$ 1.9 0

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

5. Tara buys an apple and a peach. She gives the clerk 2 dollar bills. How much change does Tara get?

— — —

Name Price

Price List

$0.40$0.50$0.65

orangeapplepeach

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

PracticePW120

Name Lesson 19.5

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C19_L5.indd Page 19 7/30/09 3:58:30 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C19_L5.indd Page 19 7/30/09 3:58:30 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch19/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C19_L5/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch19/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C19_L5

Page 129: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Skill • Solve Multistep Problems

Do one step at a time. Add or subtract.

$ 1. 1 2 5

+ $ 2.45

$ 3.70

STEP 1 STEP 2

1. Cleo has $4.50. She buys a bracelet that costs $1.25 and a necklace that costs $2.45. How muchmoney doesshe have left?

bracelet

2. Kendra buys 2 cups of mango tea. Each cup costs $2.25. She also buys a snack that costs $1.75.How muchdoes shespend in all?

4. Colby has $6.55. She buys a beret that costs $4.70. How much more does she need to buy ascarf thatcosts $3.65?

beret

3. Darin and Jack each have $1.85. They buy a crepe to share for $2.50. How much money dothey havetogether now?

crepe

tea

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

PracticePW121

Name Lesson 19.6

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C19_L6.indd Page 19 7/17/09 1:27:24 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C19_L6.indd Page 19 7/17/09 1:27:24 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch19/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C19_L6/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch19/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C19_L6

Page 130: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Estimate Differences

Estimate. Then subtract.

1. 678

� 582

_

2.

687

� 515

_

3.

592

� 507

_

4. 697

� 618

_

5. 691

� 520

_

6.

685

� 568

_

7.

694

� 512

_

8.

597

� 509

_

9.

686

� 502

_

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

Use the number line above if you need to.

10. Alan made a subtraction problem with two of these numbers. He estimated the difference to be about 200. Which two numbers might he have used?

and

500 510 520 530 540 550 560 570 580 590 600 610 620 630 640 650 660 670 680 690 700

684 625

583 622

519

���

� � �

96

700

600

100

5 17

//

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

PracticePW122

Name Lesson 19.7

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C19_L7.indd Page 19 7/30/09 4:00:41 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C19_L7.indd Page 19 7/30/09 4:00:41 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch19/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C19_L7/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch19/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C19_L7

Page 131: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Skip-Count Equal GroupsDraw equal groups. Skip-count to find how many in all. Write how many in all.

1. 4 groups of 3

, , ,

2. 3 groups of 2

, ,

3. 5 groups of 3

, , , ,

4. 3 groups of 6

, ,

Draw equal groups to solve. 5. Shayna has 3 baskets.

There are 6 balls of yarnin each basket. How many balls of yarn are there in all?

balls of yarn

3 6 9 12

12 in all

Problem SolvingProblem Solving©

Har

cour

t

© H

arco

urt

in all

in all

in all

Name Lesson 20.1

PW123 Practice

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C20_L1.indd Page 19 8/13/09 12:25:51 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C20_L1.indd Page 19 8/13/09 12:25:51 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch20/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C20_L1/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch20/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C20_L1

Page 132: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Connect Addition to MultiplicationDraw equal groups. Write the addition sentence. Write the multiplication sentence.

1. 4 groups of 3

3 � 3 � 3 � 3 � 12

2. 2 groups of 5

� �

3. 5 groups of 2

� � � � �

Write a number sentence that matches each picture. Use multiplication if you can.

4.

5.

4 3 12

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

� �

� �

� �

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Name Lesson 20.2

PracticePW124

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C20_L2.indd Page 19 8/13/09 12:27:15 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C20_L2.indd Page 19 8/13/09 12:27:15 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch20/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C20_L2/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch20/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C20_L2

Page 133: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

5 153

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Name Lesson 20.3

PW125 Practice

Algebra: Model with Arrays

Use . Color the array to show how many.Write the multiplication sentence.

1. 5 rows of 3

� �

2. 2 rows of 6

� �

3. 3 rows of 6

� �

4. 6 rows of 4

� �

5. 3 rows of 3

� �

6. 5 rows of 5

� �

7. Make an array that shows a rectangle. Write the number sentence.

� �

8. Make a different array that is not a rectangle. Write the number sentence.

� �

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C20_L3.indd Page 19 7/17/09 12:19:58 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C20_L3.indd Page 19 7/17/09 12:19:58 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch20/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C20_L3/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch20/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C20_L3

Page 134: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

4

Multiply in any order. The product is the same.

2

Algebra: Multiply in Any Order

Write how many.Write the multiplication sentence.

1.

rows of rows of � � � �

2.

rows of rows of � � � �

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

3. How many different arrays can you make with 12 ?Color the grids to show your work.

� � � � � � � �

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Name Lesson 20.4

PW126 Practice

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C20_L4.indd Page 19 7/31/09 4:17:46 AM s-080MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C20_L4.indd Page 19 7/31/09 4:17:46 AM s-080 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch20/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C20_L4/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch20/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C20_L4

Page 135: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Problem Solving Strategy Practice: Write a Number Sentence

Draw a picture to solve.Write a number sentence. 1. Mario has 7 boxes. He puts 2

erasers in each box. How many erasers are there in all?

erasers C C

2. There are 9 girls on the playground. There are 8 boys on the playground. How many children are on the playground?

children C C

Mixed Strategy Practice Mixed Strategy Practice

Choose a strategy to solve. 3. Jenna has 3 quarters, 2 nickels

and 4 pennies. She buys some juice for 63¢. How much money does she have left?

4. Benson is thinking of a number. His number is even. It is greater than 16 and less than 20. What number is Benson thinking of?

eraser

children

Choose a Strategy

• Write a Number Sentence• Draw a Picture• Use Logical Reasoning

Name Lesson 20.5

PW127 Practice

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C20_L5.indd Page 19 7/30/09 2:34:42 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C20_L5.indd Page 19 7/30/09 2:34:42 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch20/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C20_L5/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch20/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C20_L5

Page 136: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

shirt

You can multiply in any order. The product is the same

� �

Multiply with 2

Skip-count by twos to find the product. 1.

8 � 2 � 16

2.

7 � 2 �

3.

9 � 2 �

Write the product.

4. 5 � 2

_

5. 2 � 4

_

6. 2 � 7

_

7. 2 � 3

_

8. 6 � 2

_

9. 3 � 2

_

10. 2 � 6

_

11. 2 � 8

_

12. 2 � 5

_

13. 2 � 9

_

14. 2 � 7

_

15. 4 � 2

_

16. 2 � 6

_

6 � 2

_

17. 7 � 2

_

2 � 7

_

18. 2 � 5

_

5 � 2

_

19. 2 � 8

_

8 � 2

_

Problem SolvingProblem Solving 20. Devorah has 2 baskets. She

puts 6 shirts into each basket. How many shirts does she put in the baskets?

shirts

Name Lesson 20.6

PW128 Practice

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C20_L6.indd Page 128 10/08/2009 20:19:17 elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C20_L6.indd Page 128 10/08/2009 20:19:17 elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch20/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C20_L6/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch20/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C20_L6

Page 137: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

35

You can multiply in any order. The product is the same.

triangle pentagon

Multiply with 5

Skip-count by fives to find the product.

1.

7 � 5 �

2.

9 � 5 �

3.

8 � 5 �

Write the product.

4. 2 � 5

_

5. 6 � 5

_

6. 4 � 5

_

7. 5 � 1

_

8. 5 � 3

_

9. 5 � 5

_

10. 5 � 8

_

11. 3 � 5

_

12. 5 � 7

_

13. 5 � 9

_

14. 5 � 4

_

15. 5 � 2

_

16. 9 � 5

_

5 � 9

_

17. 6 � 5

_

5 � 6

_

18. 2 � 5

_

5 � 2

_

19. 5 � 7

_

7 � 5

_

Problem SolvingProblem Solving 20. A pentagon has 5 vertices. A triangle has

3 vertices. Are there the same number of vertices in 5 triangles as there are in 3 pentagons?

Name Lesson 20.7

PW129 Practice

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C20_L7.indd Page 129 7/17/09 12:20:24 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C20_L7.indd Page 129 7/17/09 12:20:24 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch20/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C20_L7/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch20/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C20_L7

Page 138: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

50

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Multiply with 10

Skip-count by tens to find the product. 1.

5 rows of 10

5 � 10 �

2.

6 rows of 10

6 � 10 �

3.

7 rows of 10

7 � 10 �

Write the product.

4. 10 � 4

_

5. 6 � 10

_

6. 5 � 10

_

7. 3 � 10

_

8. 4 � 10

_

9. 10 � 8

_

10. 10 � 7

_

11. 10 � 1

_

12. 10 � 8

_

13. 10 � 6

_

14. 10 � 3

_

15. 10 � 10

_

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

Write a multiplication sentence to tell how many cents in all.

16.

cents

Name Lesson 20.8

PW130 Practice

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C20_L8.indd Page 130 7/31/09 4:28:44 AM s-080MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C20_L8.indd Page 130 7/31/09 4:28:44 AM s-080 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch20/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C20_L8/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch20/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C20_L8

Page 139: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

0

0X 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

2

2 5

4 6 8 10 12 16 18

6 15

8

5 10 15 25 30 35 40 45

12 30

35

16 40

18 45

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

10

14

20

20

14

9

10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 9010

20

The product is found where the row and column meet.

Use a Multiplication Table

Use the multiplication table to find the product.

1. 5 � 4

_

2. 7 � 2

_

3. 10 � 3

_

4. 6 � 10

_

5. 8 � 5

_

6. 2 � 3

_

7. 5 � 9

_

8. 2 � 5

_

9. 10 � 1

_

10. 6 � 5

_

11. 2 � 10

_

12. 6 � 2

_

13. 5 � 5

_

14. 10 � 4

_

15. 10 � 8

_

16. 5 � 10

_

17. 7 � 5

_

18. 9 � 2

_

19. 2 � 8

_

20. 7 � 10

_

21. 5 � 3

_

Problem SolvingProblem SolvingWrite a multiplication sentence to tell how many water bottles there are in all.22.

water bottles

Name Lesson 20.9

PW131 Practice

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C20_L9.indd Page 131 7/17/09 12:22:19 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C20_L9.indd Page 131 7/17/09 12:22:19 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch20/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C20_L9/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch20/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C20_L9

Page 140: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Size of Shares Use Workmat 6 and . Draw to show your work.Write how many in each group.

1. Divide 12 into 3 equal groups.

in each group

2. Divide 8 into 4 equal groups.

in each group

3. Divide 10 into 2 equal groups.

in each group

4. Divide 14 into 2 equal groups.

in each group

5. Divide 18 into 3 equal groups.

in each group

6. Divide 15 into 5 equal groups.

in each group

7. Mr. Carr divides 6 meatballs into 3 bowls.He wants to have 3 meatballs in each bowl. How many more meatballs does he need?

more meatballs

4

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

Name Lesson 21.1

PW132 Practice

© H

arco

urt

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C21_L1.indd Page 157 7/31/09 4:32:39 AM s-080MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C21_L1.indd Page 157 7/31/09 4:32:39 AM s-080 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch21/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C21_L1/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch21/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C21_L1

Page 141: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Number of Equal Shares Use . Draw to show your work.Write how many equal groups.

1. Divide 8 into groups of 2.

groups

2. Divide 15 into groups of 5.

groups

3. Divide 14 into groups of 2.

groups

4. Divide 20 into groups of 4.

groups

Use . Draw to show your work.

5. Mrs. Rodriguez takes 5 children to thefair. She has $12. She wants to give each child some money for rides. Can she give each child $3?

4

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

© H

arco

urt

Name Lesson 21.2

PracticePW133

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C21_L2.indd Page 158 7/16/09 11:31:16 PM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C21_L2.indd Page 158 7/16/09 11:31:16 PM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch21/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C21_L2/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch21/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C21_L2

Page 142: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Equal Shares with Remainders

Use Workmat 6 and . Draw to show your work. Write how many groups and the remainder.

1. Divide 10 into groups of 4.

groups

remainder

2. Divide 13 into groups of 3.

groups

remainder

3. Divide 12 into groups of 6.

groups

remainder

4. Divide 15 into groups of 4.

groups

remainder

5. Barry has 11 toy cars. He gives some of his friends 3 cars each. He has 2 cars left over. How many friends get cars?

friends

2

2

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

Name Lesson 21.3

PW134 Practice

© H

arco

urt

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C21_L3.indd Page 134 7/16/09 11:31:29 PM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C21_L3.indd Page 134 7/16/09 11:31:29 PM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch21/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C21_L3/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch21/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C21_L3

Page 143: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Connect Subtraction to Division Use a number line. Count back by equal groups.Write how many times you subtracted.

1. Divide 10 into equal groups of 2. 10 � 2 �

2. Divide 14 into equal groups of 7. 14 � 7 �

3. Divide 18 into equal groups of 6. 18 � 6 �

4. Divide 12 into equal groups of 3. 12 � 3 �

Write a number sentence to show your answer. 5. A ribbon is 15 feet long.

Mr. Yates cuts pieces that are 3 feet long to give to some children. How many children get pieces of the ribbon?

children

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 1810

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 1810

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 1810

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 1810

5

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

� �

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Name Lesson 21.4

PW135 Practice

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C21_L4.indd Page 135 7/16/09 11:30:49 PM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C21_L4.indd Page 135 7/16/09 11:30:49 PM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch21/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C21_L4/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch21/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C21_L4

Page 144: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Strategy • Write a Number Sentence

Draw a picture to solve. Then write a number sentence.

1. There are 16 children in Mrs. McGraw’s class. They form 2 lines, with the same number in each line. How many children are in each line?

children C C

2. Zoe has 12 pennies. She puts them in equal stacks. There are 3 pennies in each stack. How many stacks does she make?

stacks C C

3. Benny plants 18 seeds in rows. He plants 6 seeds in each row. How many rows of seeds does he plant?

rows C C

4. Kai has 15 baseball cards. He puts his cards into 5 equal groups. How many baseball cards are in each group?

baseball cards C C

child

penny

8 16 @ 2 = 8

seed

baseball card

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Name Lesson 21.5

PW136 Practice

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C21_L5.indd Page 136 7/16/09 11:30:59 PM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C21_L5.indd Page 136 7/16/09 11:30:59 PM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch21/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C21_L5/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch21/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C21_L5

Page 145: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Measure Length with Nonstandard Units

Use . Measure the real object.

1.

2.

3.

4.

Choose two objects. Estimate the length of each by comparing them to the objects you have just measured.

5. Object:

Estimate: about cubes

Measure: about cubes

6. Object:

Estimate: about cubes

Measure: about cubes

Find the object. Measure.

pencil

about cubes

folder

about cubes

tape

about cubes

glue

about cubes

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

PW137 Practice

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Name Lesson 22.1

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C22_L1.indd Page 19 7/16/09 11:25:11 PM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C22_L1.indd Page 19 7/16/09 11:25:11 PM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch22/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C22_L1/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch22/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C22_L1

Page 146: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Compare Nonstandard Units

Measure the length of the real object with paper clips and with straws.

1.

desk

about paper clips

about straws

2.

book

about paper clips

about straws

3.

doorway

about paper clips

about straws

4. This rope is about 12 beads long. About how many paper clips long is the rope?

about paper clips

Units of Measure

straw paper clip

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

Name Lesson 22.2

PW138 Practice

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C22_L2.indd Page 19 7/16/09 11:24:33 PM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C22_L2.indd Page 19 7/16/09 11:24:33 PM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch22/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C22_L2/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch22/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C22_L2

Page 147: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

PW111 Practice

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Name Lesson 17.2

National

Measure to the Nearest Inch

Measure the length to the nearest inch.

1.

Measure: about inches

2.

Measure: about inches

3.

Measure: about inches

4.

Measure: about inches

5. Use the 1-inch mark. Estimate the length of each ribbon.

black ribbon: about inches

white ribbon: about inches

REMEMBER:Line up one end of

the object with the zero mark on the ruler.

1 inch

Estimates:

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

PW139 Practice

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Name Lesson 22.3

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C22_L3.indd Page 19 10/08/2009 20:19:44 elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C22_L3.indd Page 19 10/08/2009 20:19:44 elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch22/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C22_L3/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch22/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C22_L3

Page 148: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Problem Solving Skill: Make Reasonable Estimates

1. The toy train is about 6 inches long. Circle the best estimate for the length of the toy car.

1 inch 3 inches 4 inches

2. The leaf is about 4 inches long. Circle the best estimate for the length of the bug.

1 inch 2 inches 4 inches

3. The string is about 3 inches long. Circle the best estimate for the length of the bracelet.

3 inches 5 inches 7 inches

4. The yarn is about 2 inches long. Circle the best estimate for the length of the craft stick.

3 inches 4 inches 6 inches

Name Lesson 22.4

PW140 Practice

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C22_L4.indd Page 19 7/16/09 11:24:12 PM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C22_L4.indd Page 19 7/16/09 11:24:12 PM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch22/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C22_L4/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch22/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C22_L4

Page 149: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Measure in Inches and Feet

Measure in inches. Then measure in feet.

Circle the better estimate.

3. stapler

about 7 inches

about 7 feet

4. poster

about 3 inches

about 3 feet

5. desk

about 2 feet

about 2 inches

6. chalk

about 4 feet

about 4 inches

Circle the best estimate.

7. About how long is a pencil?

about 6 inches

about 16 inches

about 6 feet

8. About how tall is a door?

about 17 feet

about 7 feet

about 7 inches

Find the real object. Measure.

1.

bulletin board

about inches

about feet

2.

teacher’s desk

about inches

about feet

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

Name Lesson 8.3

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

PW141 Practice

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Name Lesson 22.5

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C22_L5.indd Page 19 7/16/09 11:24:20 PM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C22_L5.indd Page 19 7/16/09 11:24:20 PM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch22/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C22_L5/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch22/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C22_L5

Page 150: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Name Lesson 17.5

National

Measure to the Nearest Centimeter

Measure the length to the nearest centimeter.

1.

Measure: about centimeters

2.

Measure: about centimeters

3.

Measure: about centimeters

4.

Measure: about centimeters

Use your measurements above to solve.

5. About how much longer is the pencil than the craft stick?

centimeters longer

6. If you put the marker and the chalk end to end, about how many centimeters long would they be together?

centimeters

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Name Lesson 22.6

PW142 Practice

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C22_L6.indd Page 1 8/13/09 12:30:22 AM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C22_L6.indd Page 1 8/13/09 12:30:22 AM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch22/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C22_L6/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch22/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C22_L6

Page 151: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

Hands On: Ounces and Pounds

1.

5. Find a pair of boots.

Measure the weight ofthe boots in ouncesand in pounds.

— ounces

— pounds

6. Find a set of dominoes.

Measure the weight of theset of dominoes in ouncesand in pounds.

— ounces.

— pounds.

Find the object. Choose theunit. Measure.

pencilounce

poundabout — —

dictionaryounce

poundabout — —

backpackounce

poundabout — —

eraserounce

poundabout — —

2.

3.

4.

PW143 Practice

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Name Lesson 23.1

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C23_L1.indd Page 143 7/16/09 11:22:57 PM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C23_L1.indd Page 143 7/16/09 11:22:57 PM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch23/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C23_L1/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch23/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C23_L1

Page 152: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

Hands On: Grams and Kilograms

1.

5. One nickel has a mass of about 5 grams.Marshall has some nickels in his pocketthat equal 20¢. Which is the better estimateof the mass of his coins? Circle it.

about 10 grams about 20 grams

Find the object. Choose theunit. Measure.

jumpropegram

kilogramabout — —

encyclopediagram

kilogramabout — —

rubber bandgram

kilogramabout — —

geoboardgram

kilogramabout — —

2.

3.

4.

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

PW144 Practice

Name Lesson 23.2

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C23_L2.indd Page 144 7/30/09 3:00:14 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C23_L2.indd Page 144 7/30/09 3:00:14 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch23/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C23_L2/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch23/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C23_L2

Page 153: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

7. Abby is using a 1 cup container to fill thevase with water. The vase holds 8 cups.She will only fill the vase halfway. Howmuch water will be in the vase whenAbby is finished?

about 1 pint about 1 quart

Circle the better answer.

Hands On: Cups, Pints, Quarts, and Gallons

Circle the better unit of measure for thecapacity of the container.

1. juice glass 2. bathtub

cup gallon gallon pint

3. milk carton 4. pitcher

gallon pint cup quart

5. thermos 6. aquarium

cup quart gallon quart

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

PW145 Practice

Name Lesson 23.3

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C23_L3.indd Page 145 7/30/09 3:00:24 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C23_L3.indd Page 145 7/30/09 3:00:24 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch23/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C23_L3/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch23/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C23_L3

Page 154: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

Hands On: Liters

Estimate how much the container can hold.

Circle more than 1 liter or less than 1 liter.

1. ladle 2. bucket 3. measuring cup

more than 1 liter more than 1 liter more than 1 liter

less than 1 liter less than 1 liter less than 1 liter

4. soap bottle 5. soup can 6. sink

more than 1 liter more than 1 liter more than 1 liter

less than 1 liter less than 1 liter less than 1 liter

7. Think about some containersin your classroom. Whatcontainer might hold morethan 1 liter? Draw and labelthe container.

Name Lesson 23.4

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

PW146 Practice

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C23_L4.indd Page 146 7/30/09 3:01:45 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C23_L4.indd Page 146 7/30/09 3:01:45 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch23/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C23_L4/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch23/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C23_L4

Page 155: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Circle the better estimate.

1. Fiona is pouring a glassof milk. About how muchmilk might she pour?

Skill • Make Reasonable Estimates

about 2 cups

about 20 cups

2. Charlie is holding abasketball. What mightthe weight of thebasketball be?

3. Molly wants to fill thebathtub with water. About how much water might it hold?

4. Henry picks up histrumpet to begin playing. What might the massof the trumpet be?

5. Adele makes a pitcher of fruit punch for her friends. About how much might the pitcher hold?

about 1 ounce

about 1 pound

about 1 liter

about 50 liters

about 2 grams

about 2 kilograms

about 2 quarts

about 20 quarts

Practice PW147

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Name Lesson 23.5

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C23_L5.indd Page 147 7/16/09 11:22:40 PM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C23_L5.indd Page 147 7/16/09 11:22:40 PM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch23/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C23_L5/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch23/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C23_L5

Page 156: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Explore 1 Minute

About how long will it take? Circle the better choice.

1. walk the dogmore than 1 minute

less than 1 minute

2. kick a ballmore than 1 minute

less than 1 minute

3. snap your fingersmore than 1 minute

less than 1 minute

4. eat lunchmore than 1 minute

less than 1 minute

Problem Solving Problem Solving 5. Lexie drinks her juice in 30

seconds. Jill drinks her juice in 1 minute. Who takes less time to drink her juice?

6. Izzy solves 1 math problem in 10 seconds. She wants to solve 5 math problems. Will this take more than or less than 1 minute?

Name Lesson 24.1

PW148 Practice

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C24_L1.indd Page 19 7/16/09 11:20:43 PM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C24_L1.indd Page 19 7/16/09 11:20:43 PM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch24/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C24_L1/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch24/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C24_L1

Page 157: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Time to 15 Minutes

Write the time in two ways.

1.

minutes after o’clock

2.

minutes after o’clock

3.

minutes after o’clock

4.

minutes after o’clock

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

Look at where the hour hand is pointing. About what time is it?

5. 6. 7.

: :

::

: : :

REMEMBER:

Count by fives.

8 9 10

11 12

7 6 5 4 3

2 1

1 30

30 1

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

PW149 Practice

Name Lesson 24.2

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C24_L2.indd Page PW82 7/16/09 11:19:42 PM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C24_L2.indd Page PW82 7/16/09 11:19:42 PM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch24/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C24_L2/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch24/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C24_L2

Page 158: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

7. My hour hand points betweenthe 2 and the 3. My minutehand points to the 4.What time do I show?

Time to 5 Minutes

Use a to show the time.Then draw the minute hand.

1. 2. 3.

4. 5. 6.

8 9 10

11 12

7 6 5 4 3

2 1

:8

9 10

11 12

7 6 5 4 3

2 1

:

8:40 11:05 9:35

3:25 10:10 12:55

8 9 10

11 12

7 6 5 4 3

2 1

:

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

PW150 Practice

Name Lesson 24.3

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C24_L3.indd Page PW83 7/16/09 11:19:34 PM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C24_L3.indd Page PW83 7/16/09 11:19:34 PM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch24/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C24_L3/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch24/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C24_L3

Page 159: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

3. 35 minutes after 9

minutes before

4. 55 minutes after 5

minutes before

Write the time in two ways.

1. 45 minutes after 6

minutes before

2. 50 minutes after 2

minutes before

Time Before the Hour

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

5. Deb gets home from schoolat 45 minutes after 3. Jackgets home from school at10 minutes before 4.Which classmate getshome from school first?

Draw hands on the clocks to show the times.

Deb getshome fromschool.

Jack getshome fromschool.

8 9 10

11 12

7 6 5 4 3

2 1

8 9 10

11 12

7 6 5 4 3

2 1

:

: :

:

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

8 9 10

11 12

7 6 5 4 3

2 1

8 9 10

11 12

7 6 5 4 3

2 1

PW151 Practice

Name Lesson 24.4

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C24_L4.indd Page PW84 7/31/09 4:35:41 AM s-080MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C24_L4.indd Page PW84 7/31/09 4:35:41 AM s-080 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch24/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C24_L4/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch24/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C24_L4

Page 160: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

A.M. and P.M.

Write the time. Then circle A.M. or P.M.

1. make breakfast 2. do homework

3. play soccer 4. get ready for school

A.M. P.M. A.M. P.M.

A.M. P.M. A.M. P.M.

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

Look at Jeffrey’s camp schedule.For each time, write A.M. or P.M.

5.

breakfast

art

swimming

lunch

hiking

music

9:15

11:00

7:30 1:00

1:45

3:30

8 9 10

11 12

7 6 5 4 3

2 1

: :

: :

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

PW152 Practice

Name Lesson 24.5

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C24_L5.indd Page PW86 7/16/09 11:20:06 PM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C24_L5.indd Page PW86 7/16/09 11:20:06 PM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch24/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C24_L5/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch24/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C24_L5

Page 161: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Elapsed Time

Use a 8910

11 12

7 6 543

21

.Write how much time has passed.

1. Start

4:00 P.M.

Finish

6:00 P.M.

2. Start

1:00 A.M.

Finish

5:00 A.M.

3. Start

9:00 A.M.

Finish

2:00 P.M.

Write and show the times. Then circle A.M. or P.M.

4. Wesley starts reading at 6:15 P .M. He reads for 2 hours. At what time does he stop reading?

A.M. P.M.

8910

11 12

7 6 543

21

8910

11 12

7 6 543

21

8910

11 12

7 6 543

21

8910

11 12

7 6 543

21

8910

11 12

7 6 543

21

8910

11 12

7 6 543

21

: 8910

11 12

7 6 543

21

REMEMBER: The minute hand moves around the

clock once in 1 hour.

Start Finish

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Name Lesson 24.6

PW153 Practice

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C24_L6.indd Page 19 10/08/2009 20:21:11 elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C24_L6.indd Page 19 10/08/2009 20:21:11 elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch24/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C24_L6/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch24/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C24_L6

Page 162: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Skill • Use a Table

Use the table to answer the questions. You may wish to use a 8

910

11 12

7 6 543

21

.

Museum Trip Schedule

Event Start Finish

bus ride 8:00 A.M. 10:00 A.M.

tour 10:00 A.M. 1:00 P.M.

lunch 1:00 P.M. 2:00 P.M.

gift shop 2:00 P.M. 3:00 P.M.

1. Byron’s class is going to the art museum. How long will it take to get there?

2. Mrs. Cole wants to buy some posters at the gift shop. How long will she have to pick them out?

3. Samantha wants to go on the museum tour. How long will the tour last?

4. Bridget brought her lunch from home. How long will she have to eat it?

5. Max wants to buy some lunch and a toy at the gift shop. How long will he have to do both?

2 hours

Name Lesson 24.7

PW154 Practice

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C24_L7.indd Page 19 7/16/09 11:19:12 PM elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C24_L7.indd Page 19 7/16/09 11:19:12 PM elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch24/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C24_L7/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch24/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C24_L7

Page 163: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Days, Weeks, Months, and Years

Write more than,

less than, or the same as to complete the sentence.

1. Paige’s grandmother visited for 9 days.

This is 1 week.

2. Mia’s mom was away for 36 hours.

This is 1 day.

3. It took Josh 3 weeks to read his book.

This is 1 month.

4. Ali’s little sister is 16 months old.

This is 1 year.

5. Marley was at camp for 5 weeks. Kate was at camp for one month. Who was at camp for a greater amount of time?

6. Ben collected baseball cards for 1 year. Ethan collected baseball cards for 54 weeks. Who collected baseball cards for a greater amount of time?

Time Relationships

There are 24 hours in 1 day.There are 7 days in 1 week. There are about 4 weeks in 1 month. There are 12 months in 1 year. There are about 52 weeks in 1 year.

Problem SolvingProblem Solving

Name Lesson 24.8

PW155 Practice

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C24_L8.indd Page 19 10/08/2009 20:22:27 elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C24_L8.indd Page 19 10/08/2009 20:22:27 elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch24/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C24_L8/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Ch24/MXECA09AWK2X_PH_C24_L8

Page 164: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

HSP

HSP

CALIF

ORNI

A

SPIRALREVIEW

MXECA09AWK_SR_FM.indd Page 1 12/08/2009 20:16:26 elhi-2MXECA09AWK_SR_FM.indd Page 1 12/08/2009 20:16:26 elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK_SR_FM/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK_SR_FM

Page 165: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

MXECA09AWK_SR_FM.indd Page 2 12/08/2009 20:16:27 elhi-2MXECA09AWK_SR_FM.indd Page 2 12/08/2009 20:16:27 elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK_SR_FM/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK_SR_FM

Page 166: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Name Week 1

Spiral ReviewSR1

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Spiral Review

Write the sum or difference.Write the numbers in the fact family.

1. 8 + 7 � 15 – 7 �

7 + 8 � 15 – 8 �

Circle the pattern unit.

2.

Use a . Show the time. Write the time.

3.

4.

Circle add or subtract. Write the number sentence.

5. Jack has 12 bananas. He eats 4 of them. How many are there now?

bananas

add subtract

6. Alice has 6 cherries. Todd brings 7 more. How many are there now?

cherries

add subtract

:

:

MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK1.indd Page SR1 7/17/09 5:12:58 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK1.indd Page SR1 7/17/09 5:12:58 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK1/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK1

Page 167: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Name Week 2

Spiral ReviewSR2

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Spiral Review

Follow the rule.Complete the table.

1. Rule: Add 6.

In Out

2345

Write the sum.

2. 5 3 � 7

3. 2 6 � 9

4. 2 7 � 8

5. 3 4 � 7

Write A, B, or C to show whichgroup each figure belongs.

A B C

6.

7.

8.

Circle the object you could trace to make each figure.

9.

10.

MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK2.indd Page SR2 7/17/09 5:13:17 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK2.indd Page SR2 7/17/09 5:13:17 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK2/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK2

Page 168: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Name Week 3

Spiral ReviewSR3

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Spiral Review

Complete the fact families.

1. 6

+ 7 +

– –

Sports We Like Total

Basketball 5

Football

7

Baseball 3

Use the tally chart to answer the questions.

2. How many children chose football?

children

3. Which sport did the fewest children choose?

Use the real object and .

Estimate. Then measure.

Object Estimate Measurement

4. about about

Count back to find the difference.

5. 5 � 2

6. 9 � 1

7. 7 � 2

8. 6 � 3

MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK3.indd Page SR3 7/30/09 11:35:01 PM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK3.indd Page SR3 7/30/09 11:35:01 PM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK3/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK3

Page 169: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Name Week 4

Spiral ReviewSR4

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Spiral Review

Make groups of ten.Use Workmat 3 and . Write how many tens and ones. Then write the number.

1.

tens ones

Use plane figures. Make a tally chart to solve.

Total

2

2. How many more circles are there than squares? more

Use the solid. Write the number of flat surfaces and corners.

3. A cube has flat surfaces.

4. A cube has corners.

Decide which operation to use. Then write the number sentence. Solve.

5. Jeremy has 8 crayons. He gives 3 crayons to Natalie. How many crayons does Jeremy have now?

crayons

Plane Figures

MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK4.indd Page SR4 7/30/09 11:44:38 PM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK4.indd Page SR4 7/30/09 11:44:38 PM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK4/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK4

Page 170: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Name Week 5

Spiral ReviewSR5

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Find the pattern. Complete the table to solve.

3. How many wheels are on 5 cars?

number of cars 1 2 3 4 5number of wheels 4 8 12

There are wheels on 5 cars.

Spiral Review

Write is greater than, is less than, or is equal to. Then write >, <, or =.

Use and the real object. Choose a unit to measure. Draw it. Estimate. Then measure.

4. Object Unit Estimate Measurement

about about

5. Neil bakes 12 muffins. He gives 4 of them away. How many muffins does Neil have left?

1. 47 63.

47 63

2. 28 23.

28 23

There are wheels on each car.

Draw a picture of the problem.Write the number sentence. Solve.

MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK5.indd Page SR5 7/17/09 5:25:26 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK5.indd Page SR5 7/17/09 5:25:26 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK5/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK5

Page 171: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Name Week 6

Spiral ReviewSR6

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Spiral Review

Write two ways to describe the meaning of the number.

1.

56 � tens ones

56 � �

Skip-count. Show the pattern on the hundred chart.

2. Count by twos. Color the squares red.

3. Count by fives. Circle the numbers.

Circle each cylinder.

4.

Use Workmat 11 and . If you can make a ten, regroup. Write how many tens and ones. Write the sum.

5. Add 34 and 9.

tens ones

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 19

21 22 23 24 25 26 28 29

31 32 33 34 35 37 38 39

41 42 43 44 46 47 48 49

51 52 53 55 56 57 58 59

61 62

72

64 65 66 67 68 69

71 73 74 75 76 77 78 79

9

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

10

18

27

36

45

54

63

MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK6.indd Page 1 7/30/09 11:46:14 PM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK6.indd Page 1 7/30/09 11:46:14 PM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK6/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK6

Page 172: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Week 7Name

Spiral ReviewSR7

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Spiral Review

Add. Regroup if you need to.

1. 13+ 28

2. 25+ 31

3. 79+ 11

4. 66+ 15

Use cubes to show the number as tens and ones. Draw what you built. Write even or odd.

5. 36

Cross off figures that do not match the clues. Circle the figure that is left.

6. This figure has straight sides. It has more than 3 sides. It has 4 corners. Which is the figure?

7. I have no curves. I have more than 5 corners. My sides are not all the same. Which figure am I?

Find the sums.

8. 4 + 7 =

7 + 4 =

9. = 0 + 4

= 0 + 7

10. 8 + 5 =

8 + 6 =

MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK7.indd Page SR7 7/17/09 11:56:20 PM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK7.indd Page SR7 7/17/09 11:56:20 PM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK7/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK7

Page 173: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Week 8Name

Spiral ReviewSR8

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Spiral Review

Break apart the addends. Find the sum.

Skip-count. Write the missing numbers. Write a rule for the pattern.

2.

Add the tens. � �

Add the ones. � �

How many in all? � �

So, 28 � 64 � .

1. 28 � 64 � ?

� � �

19, 23, 27, , Rule: Count by .

Cross out the paintings that do not match the clues. Circle the answer.

3. Sam paints a circle above a square. He paints a triangle to the left of the circle. Which painting is Sam’s?

Use the table to solve.

Points Scored in the GamePlayer Number of Points

Kim 16Terence 15

Joe 27

4. How many points did Kim and Terence score in all?

points

MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK8.indd Page SR8 7/17/09 5:26:00 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK8.indd Page SR8 7/17/09 5:26:00 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK8/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK8

Page 174: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Name Week 9

Spiral ReviewSR9

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Spiral Review

Subtract. Add to check.

1.

42� 8

Use cubes to show the number as tens and ones. Drawwhat you built. Write even or odd.

2. 27

Circle every shape that makes the statement true.

3. The is to the left of the .

4. The is above the .

Use the table to solve.

Crayons in a Box

Color Number of Crayons

red 32

blue 47

green 28

yellow 19

5. Alex takes 15 red crayons out of the box. How many red crayons are still in the box?

red crayons

MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK9.indd Page SR9 7/17/09 11:57:01 PM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK9.indd Page SR9 7/17/09 11:57:01 PM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK9/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK9

Page 175: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Name Week 10

Spiral ReviewSR10

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Spiral Review

Look at the difference in the box. Write � or � to make each sentence true.

3. Use the picture to complete the table. Then shade bars in the graph to show the data

Figures

Figure Number

circle

square

triangle

1. 60 � 20 � 40

60 � 17 40

60 � 22 40

2. 50 � 30 � 20

50 � 34 20

50 � 31 20

Use solids.

4. Circle each solid with both curves and flat surfaces.

Follow the rule.Complete the table.

5. Rule: Add 4

In Out

3579

MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK10.indd Page SR10 7/17/09 5:26:23 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK10.indd Page SR10 7/17/09 5:26:23 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK10/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK10

Page 176: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Name Week 11

Spiral ReviewSR11

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Find the difference.Complete the addition fact that can help.

4. 14 – 9 =

5. 13 – 6 =

Spiral Review

Use the pictograph.

2. How many children did not choose hockey?

children

Use a .Show the time.Write the time.

3.

Draw and label coins from greatestto least value. Find the total value.

1.

THINK: 9 + = 1414

13

THINK: 9 + = 14

THINK: 6 + = 13

MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK11.indd Page SR11 7/17/09 5:26:34 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK11.indd Page SR11 7/17/09 5:26:34 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK11/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK11

Page 177: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Name Week 12

Spiral ReviewSR12

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Spiral Review

Use the table to solve.

Find the total value.

1.

, , , , ,

Use the line plot.

Order 3 pieces of chalk from longest to shortest. Draw them.

3. longest

4.

5. shortest

2. What number of crayons do the most children have?

crayons

6. How many more roses than irises are in the garden?

more roses

Flowers in a Garden

Flower Number

pansy 28iris 19

rose 41lily 16

MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK12.indd Page SR12 7/17/09 5:26:45 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK12.indd Page SR12 7/17/09 5:26:45 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK12/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK12

Page 178: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Name Week 13

Spiral ReviewSR13

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Spiral Review

Use the table to solve.

Circle coins to make $1.00.Cross out the coins you do not use.

1.

Use the bar graph.

Cross out the objects that do not belong. Circle the objects that have the same figure. Name the solid figures you circled.

3.

2. How many books did the children read in all?

books

4. How many more points did the Wildcats score than the Sparrows?

more points

Points Scored in the Tournament

Team Number of Points

Wildcats 32Wolves 28

Sparrows 24Eagles 36

MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK13.indd Page 1 7/17/09 5:26:58 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK13.indd Page 1 7/17/09 5:26:58 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK13/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK13

Page 179: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Name Week 14

Spiral ReviewSR14

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Spiral Review

Write how many tens and ones.Use if you need to.

1. 33

tens ones tens ones tens ones

Complete the table to solve.

3. Daniel is making three cubes. How many squares does he need to make these three figures?

number of cubes 1 2 3

number of squares

Daniel needs squares.

Find the pattern. Complete the table to solve.

2. How many wheels are on 5 skateboards?

number of skateboards 1 2 3 4 5number of wheels 4 8 12

There are wheels on 5 skateboards.

Draw a picture to solve. Write the number sentence.

4. Becky sees 3 green butterflies and 4 purple butterflies. How many butterflies does Becky see altogether?

There are wheels on each skateboard.

butterflies

MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK14.indd Page 1 7/17/09 5:27:09 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK14.indd Page 1 7/17/09 5:27:09 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK14/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK14

Page 180: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Name Week 15

Spiral ReviewSR15

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Use the picture to compete the table.Then shade bars in the graph to show the data.

3. Cars

Color Number

black

gray

white

Spiral Review

Write the fraction for the shaded part of the whole.

1.

Decide which operation to use.Then write the number sentence. Solve.

2.

Color the figures.

4. Color the circles green.

5. Color the squares blue.

6. Color the triangles red.

7. Color the rectangles yellow.

8. Katie catches 16 lightning bugs in a jar. Then 8 of the lightning bugs get out. How many lightning bugs are left in the jar?

lightning bugs

MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK15.indd Page SR15 7/17/09 5:27:23 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK15.indd Page SR15 7/17/09 5:27:23 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK15/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK15

Page 181: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Week 16

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

SR16 Spiral Review

Spiral Review

Write a fraction for theshaded part.

1.

2.

Use the line plot.

4 5 6 73Number of Letters in Names

3. What is the mode of the data?

The mode of the data is .

Find the sums.

8. 9. 10.

7 � 7 � � 6 � 0 3 � 9 �

7 � 8 � � 1 � 0 9 � 3 �

Color the figures.

4. Color the triangles orange.

5. Color the squares purple.

6. Color the rectangles green.

7. Color the circles brown.

MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK16.indd Page SR16 14/08/2009 15:43:58 elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK16.indd Page SR16 14/08/2009 15:43:58 elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK16/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK16

Page 182: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Name Week 17

Spiral ReviewSR17

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Spiral Review

Subtract. Regroup if you need to.

1. 63� 19

2. 48� 26

3. 24� 16

4. 84� 38

5. 72� 59

Complete the fact families.

8.

� �

127� �

Skip-count. Write the missing numbers.Write a rule for the pattern.

6.

77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97

77, 79, 81, , Rule: Count by .

Use the solid figure.Complete the table. Write how many.

7. solid figure faces edges vertices

pyramid

MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK17.indd Page SR17 7/17/09 5:27:44 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK17.indd Page SR17 7/17/09 5:27:44 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK17/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK17

Page 183: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Name Week 18

Spiral ReviewSR18

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Spiral Review

Use pattern blocks. Combine sides of figures to make a new figure. Trace the new figure.

7.

Spiral Review

Draw a picture to solve.Write the number sentence.

8. There are 4 ladybugs sitting on a branch. Then 7 more ladybugs come. How many ladybugs are there in all?

Use the line plot to answer the questions.

5. Write a number sentenceto find the range of the data.

6. What is the mode of the data?

The mode of the data is .

Write the number another way.

1. 2 hundreds 1 ten 7 ones

3. five hundred forty-eight

2. 942

4. 700 � 80 � 3

ladybugs

MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK18.indd Page SR18 7/17/09 5:27:54 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK18.indd Page SR18 7/17/09 5:27:54 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK18/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK18

Page 184: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Name Week 19

2.

equal parts

3.

equal parts

Spiral ReviewSR19

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Spiral Review

Write how many equal parts there are. Then write if these parts are halves, thirds, or fourths.

1.

equal parts

Use the line plot.

4. Write a number sentenceto find the range of the data.

5. What is the mode of the data?

The mode of the data is .

Write a title to describe the group of plane figures.

6.

Write the sum.

7. 6 7 � 4

8. 5 8 � 2

9. 7 1 � 7

10. 3 9 � 4

MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK19.indd Page SR19 7/17/09 5:28:04 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK19.indd Page SR19 7/17/09 5:28:04 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK19/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK19

Page 185: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Name Week 20

Spiral ReviewSR20

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Spiral ReviewSpiral Review

Find the pattern. Complete the table to solve.

2. How many wheels are on 5 bicycles?

number of bicycles 1 2 3 4 5

number of wheels 2 4 6

There are wheels on 5 bicycles.

There are wheels on each

bicycle.

Use solid figures. Circle the solidfigure that has these faces.

3.

cylinder pyramid cube

Draw a line through the information you do not need. Then solve.

4. Max counts 27 fish on Monday. He counts 13 birds and 25 fish on Tuesday. How many fish does he count on the two days? fish

Use bills and coins to make a model.

1. Margie has 2 dollar bills, 2 quarters, 7 dimes, and 3 nickels. She wants to buy a kite that costs $1.35.

Draw two ways she can pay the exact amount.

MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK20.indd Page SR20 7/17/09 5:28:15 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK20.indd Page SR20 7/17/09 5:28:15 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK20/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK20

Page 186: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Name Week 21

Spiral ReviewSR21

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

Spiral Review

Use the picture graph.

4. How many more pennies than nickels are in Tom’s pocket?

more pennies

Write yes or no to tell about the surface of each object.

ObjectDoes itslide?

Does itroll?

Does it slideand roll?

5.

Use the table to solve.

Vegetables in the Garden

Vegetable Number

radishes 15tomatoes 27squash 24carrots 31

6. How many more carrots than radishes are there?

more carrots

Color one part red.Write the fraction that names the red part.

1. 3. 2.

MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK21.indd Page SR21 7/17/09 5:28:24 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK21.indd Page SR21 7/17/09 5:28:24 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK21/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK21

Page 187: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Week 22Name

Spiral Review

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

SR22

Spiral Review

Write a title and labels for the bar graph then complete the bar graph to show the information.

Circle the objects that have the same figure. Cross out the objectsthat do not belong. Name the solid figures you circled.

3.

2. Ali took a survey of her classmates’ favorite fruits. 4 classmates chose apple, 5 chose peach, 6 chose pear, and 2 chose plum.

Draw a line through the information you do not need. Then solve.

4. On Friday, 156 people visit the art museum. On Saturday, 117 people visit the science museum and 263 people visit the art museum. How many people visit a museum on Saturday? people

Read the number. Write the number in different ways.

1. three hundred forty-nine

hundreds tens ones

� �

MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK22.indd Page SR22 13/08/2009 18:08:29 elhi-2MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK22.indd Page SR22 13/08/2009 18:08:29 elhi-2 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK22/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK22

Page 188: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Week 23Name

Spiral Review

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

SR23

Spiral Review

Use Workmat 6 and . Draw to show your work. Write how many in each group.

1. Divide 12 into 4 equal groups.

in each group

Use cubes to show the number as tens and ones. Draw what you built. Writeeven or odd.

2. 12

Measure the length to the nearest inch.

3.

Measure: about inches

4.

Measure: about inches

Use Workmat 5 and . Subtract.

5. Hundreds Tens Ones

7 1 5

� 3 4 4

6. Hundreds Tens Ones

5 2 7

� 1 6 3

7. Hundreds Tens Ones

3 5 2

� 2 7 0

MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK23.indd Page SR23 7/17/09 5:28:56 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK23.indd Page SR23 7/17/09 5:28:56 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK23/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK23

Page 189: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Name Week 24

Spiral Review

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

SR24

Spiral Review

Write the product.

1. 6� 2

2. 10� 3

3. 5� 7

4. 10� 2

5. 3� 5

6. 2� 8

Use the line plot to answer the questions.

7. Write a number sentence to find the range of the data.

8. What is the mode of the data?

The mode of the data is .

Use . Measure the real object.

9. Find the object. Measure.

about cubes

Find a rule. Complete the table.

10. Rule: Add .

In Out

3

4 11

5

6 13

11. Rule: Add .

In Out

2 7

4 9

6

8

MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK24.indd Page 1 7/17/09 5:29:06 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK24.indd Page 1 7/17/09 5:29:06 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK24/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK24

Page 190: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Name Week 25

Spiral Review

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

SR25

Spiral Review

Draw equal groups. Skip-count to find how many in all. Write the multiplication sentence.

1. 5 equal groups. 3 ● in each group.

, , , , � �

Use the bar graph to answer the questions.

2. How may pictures did Ali and Gabe draw last week together?

pictures

Measure the length to the nearest inch. 3. Measure: about inches

4. Measure: about inches

Draw a picture to solve. Write a number sentence.

5. Arlo has 4 bags of pretzels. He is given

6 more bags. How many bags does he have in all?

bags

Childre

n

Number of Pictures

Pictures Drawn Last Week

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Jon

Ali

Gabe

Liza

MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK25.indd Page SR25 7/30/09 11:53:48 PM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK25.indd Page SR25 7/30/09 11:53:48 PM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK25/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK25

Page 191: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Week 26Name

Spiral Review

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

SR26

Spiral Review

What fraction of the group are black? What fraction of the group are gray?

1.

of the group are black of the group are gray

Skip-count. Write the missing numbers. Write a rule for the pattern.

2.

48, 51, 54, , Rule: Count by .

Write the time in two ways.

3.

minutes after o’clock

Use Workmat 11 and . Regroup if you need to.

Write how many tens and ones. Write the difference.

:

4. Subtract 7 from 35.

tens

ones

MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK26.indd Page SR26 7/17/09 5:29:29 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK26.indd Page SR26 7/17/09 5:29:29 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK26/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK26

Page 192: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Week 27Name

Spiral Review

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

SR27

Spiral Review

Use Workmat 6 and ●. Draw to show your work. Write how many in each group.

1. Divide 18 ● into 2 equal groups.

in each group

2. Divide 15 ● into 5 equal groups.

in each group

3. Use the picture to complete the table. Then shade the bars in the graph to show the data.

Circles

Color Number

black

gray

white

Use solid figures. Color the figure that matches the number of faces, edges, and vertices.

4. 5 faces, 8 edges, 5 vertices

Cross out the information you do not need. Then solve.

5. There are 89 geese in a field. There are 72 ducks and 95 geese in a lake. How many geese are there altogether? geese

Number

white

gray

black

Circles

Colo

rs

0 1 2 3 4 5 6

MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK27.indd Page 1 7/30/09 11:57:14 PM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK27.indd Page 1 7/30/09 11:57:14 PM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK27/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK27

Page 193: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Name Week 28

Spiral Review

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

SR28

Spiral Review

Color the fraction strips to show the fractions. Compare. Circle the greater fraction.

1. 18

112

Find the pattern. Complete the table to solve.

2. How many wheels are on 5 wagons?

number of wagons 1 2 3 4 5

number of wheels 4 8 12

There are wheels on 5 wagons.

There are wheels on

each wagon.

Use a . Write how much time has passed.

3. Start Finish

4:00 P.M. 9:00 P.M.

Find the sums.

4. 7 � 0 �

4 � 0 �

5. 8 � 3 �

8 � 4 �

6. 6 � 9 �

9 � 6 �

MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK28.indd Page SR28 7/17/09 5:30:07 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK28.indd Page SR28 7/17/09 5:30:07 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK28/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK28

Page 194: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Name Week 29

Spiral Review

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

SR29

Use the table to answer the questions.

Nuts in a Bag

Kind of Nut Numbercashew 211peanut 425walnut 237filbert 98pecan 174

2. Of which kind of nut is therethe most in the bag?

3. Of which kind of nut is therethe least in the bag?

Use the table to solve.Fish in a Tank

Color Number of Fishyellow 26blue 43

orange 18red 22

5. Mrs. Jagger puts 19 blue fish into a different tank. How many blue fish are left in the tank?

blue fish

Measure the length to the nearest inch. 4.

Measure: about inches

Write how many.Write the multiplication sentence.

1.

rows of

C C

rows of

C C

Spiral Review

MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK29.indd Page SR29 7/17/09 5:30:15 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK29.indd Page SR29 7/17/09 5:30:15 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK29/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK29

Page 195: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Name Week 30

Spiral Review

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

SR30

Use the hundred chart. Extend the pattern. 3. Skip-count by fives.

6, 11, 16, , , , ,

4. Skip-count by twos

7, 9, 11, , , , ,

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50

Use paper figures to make three new figures. Cut along the folds. Trace the new figures. 5.

Draw a picture to solve. Write a number sentence. 6. Tara has 6 blue beads and

9 orange beads. How many beads does she have in all?

beads

Spiral Review

Write the numbers in the correct order.Then write > or <.

1. 724 472 744 2. 392 293 932

least greatest greatest least

MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK30.indd Page 1 7/17/09 5:30:24 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK30.indd Page 1 7/17/09 5:30:24 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK30/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK30

Page 196: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Name Week 31

Spiral Review

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

SR31

Skip-count. Write the missing numbers. Write a rule for the pattern.

2.

42, 46, 50, , Rule: Count by .

Spiral Review

Write the sum.

Use . Measure the real object.

3.

Find the object. Measure.

chalkboard eraser

about cubes

Use . Draw equal groups. Write a multiplication sentence.

1. 3 groups of 4

� � � � �

5. 4 9 � 4

6. 8 6 � 2

7. 3 5 � 5

8. 6 1 � 4

4. 7 6 � 1

4 4 4

42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62

MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK31.indd Page SR31 7/17/09 5:30:32 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK31.indd Page SR31 7/17/09 5:30:32 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK31/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK31

Page 197: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Name Week 32

Spiral Review

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

SR32

Write a title and labels forthe bar graph. Then complete the bar graph to show the information.

3. Nikki took a survey of her classmates’ favorite lunches. 5 classmates chose pizza, 6 chose tacos, 3 chose chili, and 2 chose pasta.

Spiral Review

Use Workmat 6 and . Draw to show your work. Write how many groups and the remainder.

1. Divide 14 into groups of 3.

groups

The remainder is .

2. Divide 9 into groups of 4.

groups

The remainder is .

Write a title to describe the group of plane figures.

4.

Use Workmat 5 and

. Subtract.

5. Hundreds Tens Ones

7 3 4

� 3 2 5

MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK32.indd Page SR32 7/17/09 5:30:41 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK32.indd Page SR32 7/17/09 5:30:41 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK32/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK32

Page 198: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Name Week 33

Spiral Review

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

SR33

Spiral Review

Use Workmat 6 and . Draw to show your work.Write a division sentence.

1. Divide 16 into groups of 2.

groups

Measure the length to the nearest centimeter.

4.

Measure: about centimeters

Find the pattern. Complete the table to solve.

3. How many legs are on 5 beetles?

number of beetles 1 2 3 4 5

number of legs 6 12 18

There are legs on 5 beetles.

Draw a picture to solve.Write a number sentence.

5. There are 5 flowers in a vase. Each flower has 4 petals. How many petals are there in all?

petals

2. Divide 10 into groups of 5.

groups

There are

legs on

each beetle.

MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK33.indd Page SR33 7/17/09 5:30:49 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK33.indd Page SR33 7/17/09 5:30:49 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK33/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK33

Page 199: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Week 34Name

Spiral Review

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

SR34

Spiral Review

Circle to show equal parts. Then write if the black part is one half, third, or fourth of the group.

Write more than, less than, or the same as to complete the sentence.

4. It snowed for 5 days in the mountains.

This is 1 week.

Use the line plot.

Use the picture graph.

1. 3 equal parts

One of the group is black.

2. 2 equal parts

One of the group is black.

3. Write a number sentence to find the range of the data.

Time Relationships

There are 24 hours in 1 day.

There are 7 days in 1 week.

There are about 4 weeks in 1 month.

There are 12 months in 1 year.

There are about 52 weeks in 1 year.

5. How many oak trees are in the park?

oak trees 6. How many trees are in

the park altogether? trees

Trees in the Parkelmoakmaple

Each stands for 1 tree.

MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK34.indd Page SR34 7/17/09 5:30:58 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK34.indd Page SR34 7/17/09 5:30:58 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK34/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK34

Page 200: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Week 35Name

Spiral Review

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

SR35

Spiral Review

Use . Color the array. Write a multiplication sentence.

4.

Skip-count. Write the missing numbers. Write a rule for the pattern.

3.

52, 55, 58, , Rule: Count by .

Use Workmat 11 and to make a model. Write how many.

5. Freddy has 17 toy trains on the floor in his bedroom. He puts 9 trains in a toy chest. How many trains are left on the floor? trains

1. 6 rows of 3

� �

2. 2 rows of 5

� �

Find the object.Choose the unit.

Measure.

dictionaryounce

pound about

MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK35.indd Page SR35 7/17/09 5:31:06 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK35.indd Page SR35 7/17/09 5:31:06 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK35/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK35

Page 201: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

Name Week 36

Spiral Review

© H

arco

urt

© H

arco

urt

SR36

Spiral Review

Use a number line to write a division sentence.

1. Divide 16 into equal groups of 2.

Find the rule. Complete the table.

4. Rule: Add . 5. Rule: Add .

In Out2 546 98

In Out345 116 12

Use the bar graph.

2. How many more

squirrels than rabbits did Brett see on the hike?

more squirrels

Measure the length of the real Units of Measureobject. Choose the better unitto use.

3. Find the object. Choose the unit. Measure.

bulletin board

about

SquirrelSquirrelChipmunk

DeerRabbit

MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK36.indd Page SR36 8/1/09 2:33:11 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK36.indd Page SR36 8/1/09 2:33:11 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK36/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK36

Page 202: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK36.indd Page SR37 8/1/09 2:33:13 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK36.indd Page SR37 8/1/09 2:33:13 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK36/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK36

Page 203: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK36.indd Page SR38 8/1/09 2:33:13 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK36.indd Page SR38 8/1/09 2:33:13 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK36/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK36

Page 204: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK36.indd Page SR39 8/1/09 2:33:13 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK36.indd Page SR39 8/1/09 2:33:13 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK36/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK36

Page 205: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK36.indd Page SR40 8/1/09 2:33:13 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK36.indd Page SR40 8/1/09 2:33:13 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK36/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK36

Page 206: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK36.indd Page SR41 8/1/09 2:33:14 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK36.indd Page SR41 8/1/09 2:33:14 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK36/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK36

Page 207: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK36.indd Page SR42 8/1/09 2:33:14 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK36.indd Page SR42 8/1/09 2:33:14 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK36/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK36

Page 208: Workbook - fres.wpusd.orgfres.wpusd.org/subsites/Carol-Anderson/documents/Math/HSP Math... · Grade 2 PRACTICE Workbook ... 2.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the Operation

MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK36.indd Page SR43 8/1/09 2:33:14 AM s-124MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK36.indd Page SR43 8/1/09 2:33:14 AM s-124 /Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK36/Volumes/105/HMH0002/work%0/indd%0/Grade 2_PW/Sprial Review/MXECA09AWK2X_SR_WK36